The Nasty One
a fantasy-noir
novel by
Barry T. Pypers
(C) 1994, 1995 TMB Produkties. All rights reserved.
Ballad of the Nasty One
Strong in hand, six foot eight
A mighty sword, a perfect weight
Made of muscle, sinew and bone
Anger, bitterness, power
Why would he care about me?
Why would he care about you?
Why indeed...
For he is the man of your dreams
At the same time your nightmares
Torn apart by the cruel society
Strange to him, strange to his world
Strange he is indeed
Strange to you, strange to our world
But where does he stand in this world?
And where does he stand in his?
One spot in the universe
One to be reckoned with
You see his power, stricken by awe
Maybe your worst enemy
Never your best friend
The power he needs may be what we have
But does he really need it at all?
Will he be content with what he has?
Never has he even heard
Of the power we have for him
The hand that shapes clay
Can not easily mold granite
Arcane power, enigmatic rite
Protective ward from the unknown
The embodiment of evil he may seem
But who cares to look underneath, and who can?
Charm us, powers of nature
And reveal the truth
For he stands for what he believes in
But that is only himself
He is the man who has no name
But for him it's all the same
Feared or adored, he doesn't care
For he is the man only known
by the inspiring name of
the Nasty One
B. T. P.
1
"So here is
the man responsible for the death of five of my guards." said the
king-knight of Vintel, a small town in the western forests.
"They were
mere nuisances, Royal One." a tall, barrel-chested man with long dark
hair and drooping mustaches spoke. In spite of the fact that he was standing
in front of the man who ruled the town the man was armed and wearing dark
plate mail. "They thought it was funny to bad-mouth me when all I was
looking for is a place to settle for the time being. And when I mentioned this
is not the way to treat one like me they drew steel and I had to take their
lives in self-defense." the man spoke in a deep voice.
"Self-defense!
Who gives you the right to kill my guards?" the king-knight asked in a
haughty voice. "I don't give a damn about your guards, I kill anyone who
threatens me!" the man suddenly yelled in a voice clearly angered.
"And for all I
care, I would not shed a tear when your whole damn town got wiped out. All I
need is a place to stay for a while and my life will be none of your concern.
Got that?"
People who were
attending the king-knight's audience all looked shocked and waited in
anticipation for they knew this would mean trouble.
"Now who are
you?" the king-knight asked.
"People call
me the Nasty One, and that is all you need to know."
"What is your
real name?" the king-knight demanded.
"That is none
of your damn business!" came the harsh reply.
"And what
would keep me from imprisoning you for killing my guards, entering this room
armed and insulting me?"
"Lack of power
to do so."
Now the king-knight
looked up worried. This man meant everything he said and he had witnessed
how the man had
cut his guards down
to size accurately with his two-handed sword, wielding it as if it were just a
small parrying dagger. This man was strong and dangerous, still he seemed to
be harmless unless one was looking for harm. Though the man lacked any
type of respect for a man in such a high position as the king-knight and
certainly lacked proper manners he could be one the king-knight might call
upon when he was needed. As an experienced veteran, the king-knight knew a
good fighter as he saw one.
"I will grant
you shelter, Nasty One, in exchange for..."
"No
favours!" the man cut him off with something that sounded like a command.
"Very well. In
that case you may rent an apartment for
the sum of four
goldweights a week. The apartment available is... the one with the white
rooftop at the end of the road left. With it you..."
"Here's money
for the next three months, I 'll see you around."
The man dropped a
small pouch clearly filled with money in front of the king-knight's feet and
turned his heels to stomp out of the hall of audience.
Nobody even thought
of standing in his way.
"I have never
seen you in this state before, Lord Reigh-
ward."
This came from one
of the men around the large round table, the Knights' Assembly. The
king-knight shook his head in a sad way.
"I could
choose between letting my men and probably myself be butchered by this man or
just give him what he wants. You saw yourself he paid generously and quickly,
I say we give him a chance."
"You are
afraid of the man! He bluffed you out of your boots!" another knight
said, pointing an accusing finger at the king-knight.
"But then
again at least he is straight to the point, unlike the corrupt politicians we
drove out of the government. I think this man means no trouble to anyone who
does not come looking for trouble."
"You take a
risk allowing this man in the town, Lord Reighward." a young knight said,
looking around to see if any of the other knights agreed with him.
"I am not
taking a risk here. On the contrary, I think I would have taken a greater risk
when I would have refused him in the town, thus giving him a reason to start a
fight in which he and many brave men would have been killed. Skilled fighters
are hard to find in this area except for the knighthood, and the knighthood
doesn't get many new worthy members nowadays. We will undertake nothing
against this man unless he gives us reason to."
"But milord,
he has already given us reason to! He openly insulted you, and therefore the
entire Assembly, shows in no way that he accepts our authority and still
resides here now. He doesn't really look friendly and it seems as if he is up
to no good. Maybe he is one who escaped from justice somewhere as it is
obvious that he had committed many crimes in days past. We should ask the
other knight-towns if they have any kind of information about this man,
because we have to bring him to justice if he is indeed a convict."
"Sir
Chrinthal, we have no proof whatsoever to expose him as a criminal. The man
may cast a dark aura around himself but that doesn't mean he's a criminal. Now
he paid for three months-five months I should say counting his money fairly-
and it looks more like he's a warrior in rest for now, probably just finished
with a war or an adventure. He did not come to this town to harm us or any
other citizen of Vintel."
"How can you
say so, Lord? What tells you he is not a spy maybe even an assassin sent by
the politicians?"
"Sir Reonald,
please don't put any stamps on this man. Now if you were a spy, would you
enter the town killing five guards only to step up to me and insult me? Aren't
spies supposed to be somewhat more... undercover?"
"I guess they
are. So we are to allow him and his rather barbaric manners in this peaceful
town?"
"It seems we
have no other choice, pray the gods we did the right thing."
"Item Nasty
One closed, on to the next one please."
"And nobody is
to get a key to this house but me."
The locksmith
obeyed silently and concentrated on his work. This stranger may be an
unfriendly and even a weird one but he had good money and he even got a nice
tip. "You do a good job, Short One. Here you go." the Nasty One had
said to the short locksmith.
"That's quite
all-right, Nasty One. It's what the people expect of me. Everybody has his
trade, I guess." the man said hesitantly and quickly looked up to see if
the Nasty One approved of his comments. The man just nodded and put his
leather pack in a chest. "And I want a heavy lock on this one, too. It is
important. Only one key."
"There are
special safety deposit chests in the Bank of Knights, if you want. If you
can't trust knights, you can't trust anybody." the locksmith suggested.
"A lock on
this one. I don't trust anybody."
"Very
well..." . The locksmith installed a heavy lock on the iron chest and
assured the man that the key he gave was the only key that would fit in that
lock.
The Nasty One
closed the door and locked it, then took the lock in his hands and rattled it.
When it didn't budge at all he grunted in satisfaction and uttered a
compliment to the locksmith, who was silently hoping for yet another bonus.
"How can one
trust nobody and live with that?" the locksmith wondered aloud.
"I've lived
with it for thirty-two years, so it seems to work." the Nasty One
shrugged. "Saved me a couple of times as well. I would have been a head
shorter if I had trusted some people who wanted me to trust them."
The locksmith, a
good-humoured man who had always been of the curious type, looked at the big
man.
"You're a
warrior, right? A sell-sword perhaps?"
"I am one who
does as he pleases. I kill those who annoy me, not for mere payment but for
other reasons. You can't call me an ordinary sell-sword just for picking up a
few coins in the process." the Nasty One answered mysteriously.
"So you are
not one to pick up a job as a bodyguard or an assassin."
"Not quite,
unless I am really low on money. No, even then I think my pride would stop me
from doing that kind of work. Then I'd rather be a locksmith."
The man ignored the
insult of his trade and found the Nasty One looking at him.
"Quite
inquisitive, are you? Did that Royal One already send out people to spy on
me?"
"No, Nasty
One, not at all. As far as I know anyway, and I happen to be one who knows a
lot about what's going on in this town, so if he sent anybody I would find out
sooner or later. If you wish I can inform you about..."
"No, I don't
care a thing about what's going on in this town, as long as they leave me
alone."
"Then what did
you come here for?"
"More
questions?" the Nasty One asked,raising one eyebrow.
"Just personal
curiosity, Nasty One, I assure you."
"You realise
how little that means to me, since I told you I don't trust anyone.".
"And I don't
care about that, Nasty One. I know."
The locksmith, done
with his work, left the house.
The Nasty One sat
down and smiled.
It took only a few
hours before a lone man entered a small and secret meeting room.
"Greetings
Theonarth." a voice spoke.
"Greetings,
prime minister. I suppose you have all heard about that strange man who
entered the town today?"
"We have heard
something about the man who calls himself the Nasty One. I suppose you have
more for us."
The other smartly
dressed men in the benches nodded in agreement. "Aye, tell us all you
know."
"Alas, little
I have for you. All I know that this is a strange man nobody has ever heard
of. Nobody could tell me more about his former whereabouts, nobody seems to
know his real name nor his origins. All we know is that he is heavily armed
and seems to know how to handle his weapons quite well as he had no trouble
with the town guards who tried to stop him from entering this town. They drew
their swords and in a matter of seconds five guards fell never to rise again.
The strange sign on his breast plate is unknown to the people I have spoken
to. The sword he uses seems to contain magic. He seems to have no particular
goal in this town as far as we know. We do know he is not one hired by the
knights as he just went to the king-knight and gave him a big mouth as if he
were powerless. He even challenged the king-knight who had no response to that
and even allowed him to stay in town. The people who have witnessed the
audience with the king-knight told me that he would not accept a residence
as a gift and he would not bargain about favours. So we can be positively sure
that this Nasty One is not a mere pawn hired by the Knights' Assembly in order
to undertake any type of action against us."
"Does he have
power over the king-knight?" the prime minister asked. The minister
shrugged.
"For all we
know he just does not respect the king-knight and does not recognise him as a
superior. From what my sources have seen from the king-knight he seems to be
quite afraid of the Nasty One. And I must say he is quite an imposing man. He
looks dangerous and after what we have seen he definitely is just as dangerous
as he looks."
"The
king-knight might do anything he says after some time." a minister
suggested.
"But what will
the Nasty One tell him to do then?"
"Maybe when we
can get through to him, he will tell the king-knight to do as we tell
him."
"You want to
use the Nasty One for a coup?" the prime minister asked, shaking his
head.
"I believe
this man is totally independent, he cannot be controlled by anybody."
"That remains
to be seen. All we have seen is that he can wield his sword quite well. We do
not know how vulnerable he is to sorcery."
"My dear
Renain, we have no means of sorcery at hand."
"Money can buy
a lot, and our coffers are still full. Remember we know a sorcerer who can
be hired. If we can hire him to put a spell on the Nasty One he will be
ours."
"I think we
want to react a little too fast. I think we first have to know some more about
this person, for if we make our move unprepared he might actually become an
enemy and I have a gut feeling that we do not want this person to be our
enemy." the prime minister spoke.
Though the
politicians had been driven out of the government by the knights they were
still there, for the knights' honour had kept them from banishing them. And so
the politicians were still there, plotting the downfall of the Knights'
Assembly in secrecy.
"So how are we
going to find out more about him?" a minister asked.
"I happen to
know the locksmith spent time with him today to make some new locks on the
apartment he has rented. He does not seem to be the trusting type of man. And
the locksmith is well-known as one who is always up to date with the latest
gossip and he has probably talked to the Nasty One to find out more about him.
And the locksmith is easy to persuade when it comes to talking too
much."
"Then go
ahead, buy him a few drinks and he will tell you everything he knows. He might
have something of interest. Council dismissed, go out there and keep your eyes
and ears open for everything concerning the Nasty One. He must be ours for
certain."
2
"I am looking
for the Nasty One." declared a tall woman.
"The Nasty
One? He hasn't been here for a fortnight, at least not that I know." the
innkeeper replied.
"Damn, that's
the third time he escaped me. I have to find him. Any clue where he
went?"
"Away from all
the damn business, he said. He said he needed some time to rest. What does he
escape you for, if I may ask?"
"Nothing, it's
just that I'm looking for him. I have news for him."
"If he returns
I can tell him the news, if that's what you want." the innkeeper offered,
a bit curious.
The woman merely
laughed. "It's quite private, thank you. Where did he go?"
"I only know
that he left through the western gate, people saw him ride uphill over
there."
The woman ruffled a
hand through her long red locks and studied the inn.
"Well, then I
will try to follow him. Thanks for your information." she said and
with that she gave the keep a coin and left the inn.
The town guards
dared not say a word when the Nasty One passed through the gates with his
sword and some small other weapons.
The Nasty One
walked around and finally found what he sought: a small empty field.
He looked around
and saw the sun was going down already, but he did not care much about the
gate closing when the sun was down. He would enter the town anyway, one way or
another.
He drew his sword
and started to swing it around in wide arcs, starting slow but steadily
speeding up.
He kept on wielding
his blade faster and faster until only a blur was to be seen where the man
stood with his sword, a twirling pillar of black with a glint of steel around
it.
After half an hour
of sword practice he put the sword back in its scabbard and reached for a
stone lying on the ground, a heavy rock weighing well over a pound.
He weighed the rock
in his hand and looked around him. With a satisfied smile he suddenly whistled
through his teeth and the shrill sound made a rabbit jump and run. Mercilessly
the Nasty One threw his stone and hit the rabbit straight in the head. With a
small knife he skinned the rabbit after cutting off the crushed skull with his
sword and started to make a small fire to roast the rabbit over.
After dinner he
started running large circles and he didn't stop running for an hour,
meanwhile making some slashing moves with his sword and somersaulting.
The red-haired
woman rode through the woods, sitting still in her saddle comfortably and
holding on to the reins with only one hand. In the other hand she held a map
which she studied.
"It would be
reasonable to believe that he has gone to some town, if the innkeep spoke
true. There are some towns around here, I think I have to check them
all."
Suddenly she found
her road blocked by a band of twenty rough men, all riding on horses.
"Nobody passes
this road without paying taxes to Binor." a big man shouted.
"Two silver,
madam." a small man said, approaching her slowly and cautiously.
"Well, well.
It seems your band has decreased a bit in number, hasn't it?" the woman
said sceptically. She had not seen this band of marauders before, she just
hoped that the Nasty One had also followed this road. The Nasty One would
certainly not pay these rogues, he would butcher them first.
"What do you
know about that man?" the big one demanded.
The woman smiled,
her guess had been right.
"I thought as
much. The Nasty One will certainly return for the rest of you, especially if
you don't move out of the way now. He expects me in the morning and he'll come
looking for you." she bluffed. But she soon saw that would backfire as
she found herself surrounded by the men.
"I am looking
for this man! You know what? I think I will keep you right here, and you will
be our bait to catch him! Capture her!" he yelled.
The woman opened a
small pouch hanging from her belt and started intoning an attacking spell. But
even as one fell from the fireball she saw she could never down all of them.
"You will pay
for this, witch!" Binor said with an oath and then bound her.
"I will also
gag your mouth, so that you can't cast another spell. And try one thing that
even looks like attacking or escaping and I will personally make sure you
never cast a spell again!"
"You miserable
worm!" she spat before a cloth was stuffed between her teeth and bound
around her head.
"Now you will
behave." Binor said with a satisfied smile.
Then he caressed
her body, clad in auburn leathers.
"Not a bad
body, you have. Too bad for the temper. But then again, those women can be the
wildest of them all." he said, running his hand over her breasts. Then he
cut the laces of her bodice with a knife and bared her body.
"What have we
here? I've seen worse on the road." he said with a sneer. All the men
laughed now.
"Look at this
boss, she's even pretty rich as well!" a man yelled. In his hands he
had the contents of her pack: two small darts, a big pouch filled with coins
and some maps.
They also found
some sheets with the names of the towns in which she had heard the Nasty One
had stayed.
"What's this
list of towns, witch?"
But of course she
couldn't answer as she was still gagged.
"Seems to be
of no use to me. Ah, Merthon, that's the town you left before you fell into
our hands. Keeping sort of a diary are you? Well, there will be no new town
tonight as tonight you will stay with me." Binor continued, his hands now
going over her bare body and slowly going down to the laces of her leggings.
With a violent kick
she managed to hit the big man in the leg and with an oath he grabbed her and
pinned her down.
"I could kill
you for that!" he spat.
The woman made an
attempt to smile bitterly. He wouldn't kill her; not before he had had his way
with her.
After a long and
rigorous training the Nasty One went back into town and went straight to his
house. He poured himself a goblet of water and sat down in an old chair.
He thought about
the events that had brought him here, in this gods-forsaken town.
He was angry.
Here he was, a
warrior of renown, sitting in a dull empty house in a dull town governed by
stupid knights.
As one who had
never known his parents, he had been raised by the Old One, a man who had not
only raised the young boy but also taught him the oldest way of survival: the
art of fighting.
But the man had
known more than just how to wield a sword. The Old One had been a master in a
kind of magic barely known in this world: the magic of Body Life.
And the Old One had
taught the young boy everything he knew about this rare kind of magic after
the boy had shown him he had the physique of a master of the body: slim and
muscled, strong and agile.
"This is what
you need to survive the Body Life magic, my pupil." the Old One had said.
"To purge your
soul into nothingness, to become one totally independent, sovereign, with no
need for anything but yourself and your sword. Follow the ways of the Body
Life magic and you will have the power to live the way you like it with nobody
to stop you. If invincibility is what you want, invincibility is what you
get when you are ready to sacrifice the rest of your life for it."
"Fight for
what you think is right, fight for your own very life without trouble. Hold
your own destiny in the palm of your hand. Live by the sword, and don't die by
the sword."
And the Old One had
taught him. The Body Life magic was magic all coming from the body, mind and
soul. With utter concentration one of this magic could do things faster and
more accurate than anybody else. One could remain calm under all circumstances,
kill with the precision of a surgeon, act the way he wanted to act with nobody
to stop him.
"But Old One,
if this magic is so powerful, then why does not everybody want to learn this
and why are there only a few ones who control Body Life magic?" the Nasty
One had asked.
"Patience, my
pupil, and you will find it out by yourself."
And the Nasty One
had found out. After five years of hard and rigorous lessons the Old One had
called him for the final test.
"Are you able
to live by the sword, not to die by the sword?"
The Nasty One had
nodded confidentially.
"Are you able
to kill without thought?"
"Aye you able
to block out emotions?"
"Are you able
to execute all the different moves of the Body Life magic?"
Here the Nasty One
had nodded hesitantly.
"Are you
living your own life the way you want it?"
"No!" he
suddenly yelled. "You are controlling my life! You have decided when I
wake up, when I train, what I learn, what I must remember and what I must
forget. What I am allowed to do and what I am forbidden to do. You gave me
these lessons of great value but you made me live my life."
"And I am
going to do this as long as I live." the Old One had said with an
approving nod.
Then the Nasty One
suddenly realised why there were so few ones who could perform Body Life
magic: the teacher died by his pupil's sword or the pupil would die by his
teacher's.
"I see you are
getting the point." the teacher said and prepared for battle. The Nasty
One bowed ceremonially and a fight began in that would last for long hours.
The physical energy released in beams of magic shook the lands like giant
earthquakes. Grass burned away under heavy explosions of energy, an entire
mountain was blown up, causing a huge avalanche of snow that wiped out an
entire village. In the end there could be only one, both realised, and
finally the Nasty One had been the one standing over the decapitated body of
his teacher.
"The winner
takes it all." he had said and then he had returned to the place he had
called home for a vast number of years. He knew what would be waiting for him:
two books of wisdom, a few coins, a bracelet and the armour with the insignia
of a master in Body Life magic.
After leaving the
wooden cabin the Nasty One had bought a horse and started living on his own.
He had discovered his senses had become extremely keen and he was now faster
than any other living being he had known. Now there was a world waiting for
him, but the memory of his dead teacher lying at his feet would always remain
inside him.
Even though that
had been over five years ago it still angered him. He had declared he had been
able to kill without thought and to block out all emotions, so asking the
teacher why he had to die had been entirely out of the question.
With a snarl he
shrugged. The Old One had been very old and probably knew his time had come.
Was it supposed to be an honour to kill your own teacher? The Nasty One
considered it a burden that would fill every master of Body Life magic with
melancholy and bitterness.
Were all masters
Nasty Ones like himself?
The Nasty One did
what he thought was right now, and he had an apathy for politics. He would go
out and discover the world and fight his way through all who opposed him. He
knew nobody had power over him now, he could fight his way out of
everything. Good cause, bad cause, it mattered little to him, as there was
only one for him now who decided what is right and what is wrong, and that was
himself.
Becoming a
mercenary had been a disgusting thought, as this would mean he would sell
himself and his powers out for causes he didn't pick himself, and the one who
would pay him would gain some authority over him. He had never cared about
company, since he considered himself the only one he could really rely on.
He had trusted a few men and women only to discover that they were not worthy
of his trust as they had intended to use him only. Names never meant anything
to him, they would only be another burden because he would be supposed to
remember them.
Everybody was One
for him, like he was himself.
This was something
his teacher, who had always called him 'my pupil' , had taught him.
The Nasty One was a
name bestowed on him by a late companion he had felt a certain affection
for. Later he had used the term for anybody who wanted to know his name.
He had made a lot
of gold with small missions he thought were interesting or just, since he knew
no fear and thus would do everything he had set his mind on.
And then he failed.
A young woman had
been captured and a reward was promised to the one who found her and brought
her back alive and well. As a young boy the Nasty One had been taught that one
should treat women with respect and so he got livid when he heard out somebody
had actually picked up this woman as if she were a worthless chunk of meat. To
use for his own pleasure, no doubt.
In his own way he
had figured out where the woman would have been held but he found a force of
ten to oppose him. After a few seconds of battle only one remained and the
Nasty One had grabbed him to interrogate him. The man would not talk but after
the Nasty One had disposed of him he found a key on the man. He searched the
building, a small tower of rock, and found a locked room. When he opened it,
however, he found the room empty. Pieces of cloth were all he found.
Instinctively he
sensed that the clothes had belonged to a woman and he knew the woman had been
here.
But that was not
important; where was she now? It certainly looked like she got away on her own
as the man would not have kept the door locked when he would think the woman
was already gone.
So the Nasty One
had failed: he had killed the kidnappers but he could not return the woman.
And if there was
one thing he hated it was failing.
So he decided to
gather himself for some time in a small unknown village, one he had found in
Vintel.
3
"So, woman,
how do you think this friend of yours is going to find us?" Binor
sneered, taking the gag out of her mouth with a sharp tug. Her leather tunic
was still open, her full breasts were glistening in the first beams of sunlight.
"The Nasty One
has his own way to find me. He possesses great powers none of your punks can
match and believe me, he would wipe you all out in a few seconds. He will
finish the job he did on you last time and this time none of you will escape.
Not when I tell him to kill you all."
"What about
letting you die in our stead then? If you speak true he is going to kill us
anyway. So what's the reason I would let you live?"
"Your all too
masculine hormones perhaps." the woman spat.
"Why
you..." Binor started but then a thunderbolt shook the ground while the
sky was blue and clear.
Everybody looked up
in alarm when they saw a tall lone man standing atop a hill, blue light
surrounding the fist in which he held a brilliant sword, a sword they
remembered all too well.
In fear the
brigands lined up for battle when the Nasty One suddenly took a giant dive in
their midst, slashing around with his sword. A few seconds later, he stood
atop a mass of bodies.
"One more foul
move and the lady dies." Binor threatened, holding a dagger to the
woman's throat. Paying no attention to his captive, the big man looked at his
foe.
The woman saw this
and quietly started working on an intonation that would give the Nasty One
the time he needed.
Suddenly the man's
wrist began to hiss and with a scream he jerked away his hand. The woman
rolled aside to avoid the blade to fall in her unprotected body or throat and
when she looked up she saw Binor lying on the ground, the unmistakable sword
in his foul heart.
The Nasty One
pulled his sword out and casually cleaned it on the big man's cloak. Then he
started to look around for eventual loot and he found some money on most of
his victims while their leader had a lot of silver and gold in his money
pouch.
"Instead of
filling your pockets you could do with untying me, Nasty One." the woman
spoke.
The man looked up.
"How do you know my name, Red One?"
"Guide me to a
place where we can talk, then I will explain everything."
"This place is
as good as anywhere else, tell me."
"Not amidst
the mass of bodies of the ones who captured me when I was looking for
you." the woman said, shaking her head about so much indifference.
"Fine with me.
Your place or mine?"
A while later they
were sitting in the Nasty One's apartment and he poured her some water.
"Don't you
have anything stronger than this?"
"I usually
don't have guests." the Nasty One shrugged.
"You only
drink water then?"
"Of course. It
holds no calories, gives the body the fluids it needs while it keeps the mind
and the stomach in shape. I do not like the unhealthy stuff like beer and
spirits. One who is drunk cannot think clearly and act sharply."
"I know that,
of course. I just can't imagine somebody who has not drunk alcohol all his
life."
"You just met
one, though."
"How did you
find me?"
"Instinctively.
I saw the encampment on my morning work-out and then I saw you. You have more
to tell. How do you know me? Why were you here, so close to my new home? Were
you following me? Who sent you, Red One?"
"I will tell
you. My name is Griwalda Donthiac, and I was kidnapped some time ago. I am
the mayor's daughter in a small town called Nouen. And my father offered a
reward for anyone who could find me. Meanwhile I was captured by a sorcerer
who wanted to drain my magical energy to add to his own powers. He locked me
in a room filled with anti-magic, so he locked the room and cut off my own way
to escape. Then suddenly I felt the anti-magic was gone and I used my chance
to escape. When I returned home my father told me that a tall man who called
himself the Nasty One had sought to free me and when we returned to the tower
we saw the bodies of the sorcerer and his guards. So I understood that the
anti-magic had disappeared because the sorcerer had died by your hand. So I
have tried to find you ever since, to thank you and to hand you the promised
reward."
"You!"
the Nasty One said, rising.
"Then I did
not fail after all! Why didn't you wait for me to bring you back to that
town?"
"I could not
know you were coming for me, I took the first chance to get out of there in a
hurry, thinking the sorcerer had let the spell slip away for a while. How
did you kill the sorcerer anyway?"
"Same way I
killed his guards and everybody who has ever stood in my way."
"But... he
must have fired some spells at you, he must have had some magical
defense."
"They do not
hinder me."
"Then you have
the power to break through magic?"
"I have a
special gift that protects me from magic. A gift from the one who made
me."
"From your
father you mean?"
"From my
teacher."
"I see. Where
do you come from?"
"A small cabin
in the middle of the woods."
"You mean you
lived in a shelter in the middle of nowhere all your life?"
"Together with
my teacher, aye."
"You must be a
man who has missed a lot in life."
"Aye. But also
one who gained twice as much."
Not far away a man
knocked on the door of the secret meeting room.
"The Nasty One
has been joined by a woman." he reported.
"A woman?
Could it be any relative?"
"I do not see
any similarities between them, nor do they show any kind of affection for each
other. As far as we know he does not have any relatives."
"Then what
does this woman want?"
"I don't know.
I saw them entering the house together and they spent all the time in the
living room."
"They might be
leaving for the bed room afterward." a minister snickered.
"Maybe, but
then I would have seen some more than two people sitting in separated chairs
all the time. They seem to be just talking."
"The woman
might be a spy for the knights, finding out more about him in an ordinary way.
I bet she's trying to find out more about him. Have you left anyone on the
spot?"
"Aye,
sub-minister Khanthor is there."
"I thought I
missed him. So, do you think this woman may be a threat to our plan?"
"Probably,
especially if the knights sent her. We must find out who she is and what she
is doing here."
"Lord
Reighward, the man known as the Nasty One has entered the town today
accompanied by a woman."
"So, who is
she?"
"Eh... we
dared not ask as she was in his company."
"How could you
forsake your duty for this one man?"
"Calm down,
Lord Reighward. This one man has already killed five town guards, it is
reasonable that their replacements are a little bit afraid of this man.
Anything else to report, guard?" the oldest knight asked.
"Aye, sir. A
trader has told us about a pile of bodies lying two miles from the southern
gate, the one the Nasty One and the woman entered. The trader said it was the
band of Binor that has been slaughtered. The men we sent out found the bodies
as well as some cut ropes."
"The Nasty
One." the youngest knight said, his eyes flashing in excitement. "He
has killed the band of marauders on his own and freed a woman they had
captured. It is reasonable to believe this was the woman he took with him
into town."
"Sounds like a
good story. I have seen a little of what this man can do but I will gladly
believe he can do more than to kill five knights. How many of Binor's men were
killed? And was he also killed himself?"
"Binor, sir?
We found his body near the ropes. Apart from him there were twenty-one
bodies."
"Twenty-two
men killed by a force of one." the king-knight said admiringly. "Any
luck in looting the men to support our coffers?"
"No, sir. The
bodies had no money on them, just a load of arms. I think the Nasty One has
taken the loot."
"Too bad. What
did you do with the weapons?"
"There were
also some other items like tools and other kinds of normal supplies. We loaded
them on a cart and brought them back to the town."
"Good to hear
that. I would say the Nasty One cares for money only, he seems to have enough
already and he needs no weapons but his sword. If there is nothing else to
report you are dismissed."
"Aye, sir! I
salute you, sirs!"
With a ritual bow
and a click of the heels the man left the room with the large table.
"This man may
be independent but he has already ridden us of a plague. When we tried to
arrest Binor seven of our men were killed in an ambush. We could find some
other useful jobs for him."
"I am not sure
whether he will accept these jobs. He seems to kill for living and only if he
decides so. I am not sure we can give him assignments as if he were a knight.
He is a stubborn man who does as he pleases."
"Well, he
seems to do his job when something is wrong. When we can convince him that the
politicians are wrong he just might do something against them."
"That's a
silly plan, Sir Darok. He will never fall for that."
"But it's
always worth a try."
"You have
already given me the reward I deserved, I have accepted your gratitude. Then
what keeps you here?"
"Don't you
like me being here?" the woman asked.
"I did not say
that, I just asked you a question. Why is it that you want to be around me?
You think they will attack you again?"
"No, I think
it is relatively safe now. Unless there are more bands of outlaws on the road.
I just wonder what you are like, why you are the way you are. Maybe the two of
us can have a good time, learning things from each other."
"Are you sure
that it is not sexual lust that keeps you around here, Red One?"
"Pah! What do
you know of sexual lust?" the woman snorted.
"No, it is not
that. You may be a strong and skilful man but you are not the perfect human
being. Neither am I, and I think nobody can be perfect. The two of us could
make a good team."
"A team? One
who gets caught one time after another and one who has to rescue the other one
all of the time?"
"I will take
better care of myself, if you can teach me how. Meanwhile you will have
noticed that I have powers of my own, the powers of magic."
"So I noticed,
and I can sense you have some powers indeed. Yet you are not a powerful
sorcerer like the one who caught you."
"I think I
want to go back to that tower of his. And I think I would appreciate it if you
followed me."
"Follow you?
Now why would I do that?"
"Don't tease
me, Nasty One. It might very well be possible that I need help from one as
strong and skilful as you. I can pay you if that's what you want..."
"I am not a
body guard for hire. If I follow you, I will follow you because I want
that."
"I ask you,
Nasty One, to follow me. I need your help." the woman said, putting all
her charms in her words.
The Nasty One
snickered. "You don't have to try your female charms on me, Red One. I
said I will follow you if I want to follow you. And I will follow you to that
tower."
"Oh, thank
you, Nasty One."
"Think nothing
of it. Where is that tower?"
"Five days
riding from here, I think."
"Then we will
leave in the morning. I will now leave for my evening practice. You can sleep
in my bed if you want, just don't count on finding myself next to you when the
sun rises."
"I don't think
so." the woman smiled.
4
It did not last
long before somebody knocked on the door of the Nasty One's apartment.
"The Nasty One
is not home." a female voice yelled.
"Aye, but I
have come for you, milady."
"Who are
you?"
"Prime
minister Leon, at your service."
"Enter."
An old man entered
the house, looking around as he shut the door behind him.
"What do you
want from me?" the woman asked suspiciously.
"How do you
know who I am and how do you know I'm here?"
"I do not know
who you are, milady." the old man said carefully, holding out his hands
as if to ward off questions.
"It is what I
would like to know, though. I would also like to know what you know about the
man called the Nasty One, what your relationship to him is, and what he is up
to."
"The Nasty One
is up to nothing! The two of us will go to a place that should be none of your
business tomorrow. He is currently out for his training, he should be home any
minute. Well, I am not sure about that as I don't know how long his evening
training sessions last. I am Griwalda Donthiac, daughter of the mayor in
Nouen, a town not far from here. The Nasty One has saved me from kidnappers
twice, he is not my lover nor am I his. I do not know much about him as I only
met him this morning."
"I know the
town of Nouen, and I know your father. I used to rule this town until the foul
knights took over with much violence. Your father and I used to make trade
agreements and ever since the knights took over the trade with Nouen has been
halved. Do you happen to know if the Nasty One has struck some kind of deal
with the knights?"
"I don't think
he would. He does only as he pleases and I do not think he likes the knights.
If he likes anybody."
"Good to hear
that. Now you know that your family can recover the great amount of money
flowing in your city's coffers when the trade agreements with our town are
renewed. We can offer you these agreements if you agree to help us."
"How can I be
of service to you?" the woman asked.
"To gain the
power to make trade agreements, we must be back in the Assembly. We must drive
the foul knights who bar the trades between our towns out of the seats of
power. And for that, while we might certainly use your political influence, we
need one as strong and powerful as the Nasty One."
"I am sorry
but I am not his manager. If you want him to help you you will have to ask him
in person. And I am not sure whether there is aught you can offer him in
return. He does not seem to be concerned with politics."
"That much I
noticed. But for your town's sake, I would ask of you to persuade him to help
us."
"I am not sure
if this will work..."
"The no is
what we have, the aye is what we can get."
"I can only
tell you that we will be on the road tomorrow and during our voyage I will
tell him of your plans. If he agrees with them you will be first to
know."
"Good, I count
on your cooperation."
With that, the
prime minister bowed politely and left the apartment. The woman wove her left
hand through her red locks and shook her head.
"Politics! But
he is right, after all. My father complained much about the trades with Vintel
after the knights took over. Now I remember what he was talking about. If the
Nasty One will help me with this he will also help my entire town. Must be a
worthy cause for one such as him. Then again, I am sort of selling him out to
the politicians. I am sure they care little about Nouen, if they are the
politicians I have heard of they are only concerned about their own positions
and their income. While I would certainly please my father I am not sure if
this is the right way to do it. I must consider this, but I'll sleep on
it."
With that she lay
down and fell asleep immediately.
When the Nasty One
arrived he entered silently, expecting the Red One was asleep already. And
indeed she was, he saw as he saw her sleeping form underneath the blankets.
"Then who are
you?" he silently asked.
Then he started
concentrating, staring into nothingness, trying to get into her mind.
Finally he got
through the mystic barriers human beings use to block their minds from
outsiders in their own unconsciousness and floated around in her mind.
And what he saw he
would never forget.
He saw lights of
all colours and shapes flying by, soaring past him with great speed though
they were not attacking him. This was highly unusual but could be expected in
a mind of a sorceress. He guessed it was just a hint of the power she
possessed. He spread his hands to shove the beams away like a curtain and saw
what was behind the image of the sorceress: that of the woman he was
confronting.
He saw her talk to
an old man dressed in gaudy clothes and he could hear every word they said as
she remembered them. Now it was his turn to remember the words and then he dug
in deeper to find out her feelings about all this.
While it had upset
him, he saw the woman had become nervous.
With tinges of
magic still floating around, he saw that the Red One had unwillingly been
pushed into the void of choice: loyalty or personal gain. But then he saw
what shocked him most: the image of himself, embracing the Red One warmly.
They had dropped
all their clothes and were lying on a bed that suddenly looked all too
familiar. It was the bed she was sleeping in right now.
"And I thought
I warned you I wouldn't." the Nasty One smiled.
"Don't you
know love? Don't you know humanity? Don't you know mercy, affection,
friendship?" suddenly came the woman's accusing voice. The images
vanished.
"What is all
this talk?" the Nasty One responded.
"You talk of
humanity and still you are only here to seek my help! You talk of love even,
while seriously considering selling me out to some politicians! You talk of
friendship while you're on the verge of betraying me! How can you talk of
affection while you are one who wants my company just to insure your own
safety when going out to enhance your own powers? And what is mercy when you
fall for the first man's glibly talks, a man who plans the downfall of many
others at that?"
"I would not
want you to work for the politicians! I would want you to help me, myself, and
my town." the woman defended herself.
"What do I
care about your town? What do I care about your powers?"
"What do you
care about me?" came the question that took him by surprise.
"Give me the
chance to prove myself. Give me the chance to show you that I would not lie to
you. I am eternally in your debt but still I think there is more in this world
that you need to learn. You need compassion, friendship, love, concern!"
"For what do I
need that?"
"For
life." came the bitter reply.
"Look what you
have become! I don't know how you managed to become this but you are not a
living human being anymore. You have turned into a monster, a beast. A
predator. You have no human emotions anymore, if ever you had them. You need
to learn how to live, how to enjoy your life."
"Red One, you
have met me only this morning. Then how can you say things like these?"
"The fact that
I can tell you this much after one day is all the more a shame for you! You
have lost all humanity, you live your life in bitter self-pity for one reason
or another and now you walk the world like a predator, looking around for
people to kill. You are surely a sorry person, if the term person is not
insulting humankind."
"Now who do
you think you are to say things like that to me? You are starting to annoy me,
Red One!" the Nasty One said in a warning voice.
"It is me who
is annoyed. With you, that is. And I have a right to be annoyed. Judging
people is one of my better qualities, Nasty One, and I see you as one who
could be a good man if only he gave a damn about it."
"And I am not
concerned about stuff like that, is that what you are trying to say? You
really think I should travel around with friends so that they can betray me or
that I can stick out my neck time after time to save them? To see they want
more than they can take so I can grieve about their deaths? What good is that
for, tell me."
"What goal do
you have, Nasty One? What do you live for? Is there a thing in your life that
gives you strength, determination? Is there a thing in life you enjoy?
Spare me the details, I know there is no such thing. You wander around without
a goal in your mind. Without something in particular to do. Your goals are
only temporary, and while you say you are not for hire it really matters
little because all you do is looking around for new small jobs to do, with no
big goal in your life. Without anything you can always fall back on. Without
anybody you care about, with no real light or interest in your life, you are
but an empty shell walking around."
That one hit home,
as the Nasty One kept silent for a while.
"Then what
should people live for? For weak people who tolerate you only for your
powers? For people who seek to use you until you are empty and drop you
mercilessly then?"
"I do not say
by any means that you should help the politicians, if that's what you're
pointing at. While you would certainly help me by that I am not saying you
have to help them, for that is not up to me to decide, I'm as far as
that."
"You would
really be as naive as to believe that that prime minister would really hold on
to his promises? Aren't politicians the most untrustworthy people in the
entire world? Are politicians not the people who would promise you
everything just to achieve their own goals, only to break those promises after
you have put them in power?"
"You are a
suspicious man, Nasty One. Truth is that one cannot live a full and rich life
without company who are worth your trust and care. I know that the years have
been long and lonely for you, Nasty One. And when alone, time only ticks by
without the great things in life, for those passed by and went to other people
instead as there is nothing in terms of happiness that they can give
you."
"But where to
find company, people who are worthy of my trust and care, people you can
easily turn your back on, people who do not just hang around me for my powers.
People who can handle themselves, who can fight side to side with one while I
do not have to look at them all the time to see if they are not getting
themselves into trouble? Those are hard to find."
"Hard to find,
maybe. But in me you have found one."
"You, a woman
who has fallen in love with me just because I saved her a couple of times? A
woman whose gratitude merely turned into some kind of twisted, perverted kind
of love?"
"Don't say
that!" the woman spat.
"I am more
than just a damsel in distress, and I am more than one who fell in love with
you because you saved me. I admit that things would have been entirely
different without your powers but that does not mean automatically that we
can't go on together like partners!"
Suddenly the Nasty
One was silent and disappeared.
Outside he had
heard some rumours despite his present condition. He was able to quickly
transport himself back to consciousness and looked outside. Some knights
were running through the streets, making a lot of noise because of their
armour. They seemed to be chasing somebody, yelling to each other. Probably
some outlaw, the Nasty One thought and sat down again.
This woman was
strange, he thought by himself.
Somehow she was
right at some points but she had absolutely no right to intrude in his life
like that, asking so many moralistic questions.
And of course she
had fallen in love with him, he had read her mind clearly enough.
Then again, what
harm could it do to let her come along after their visit to that tower? Maybe
he could pick up some more things, some magical items he had overlooked the
first time. With a shrug he shook off the possibility that he had in fact
overlooked some items. What now? Was he trying to find excuses for himself?
This was a sensation he had never felt before and he hoped he would never feel
it again.
Sure, he was not
perfect. But he got far trying, he always said to himself. It is the law of
one who controls the Body Life magic: there is always somebody who is better
at something. Maybe he was not the most compassionate man in the world, but
could he care about that? He was not trained to be a man who would have
company surrounding him, friends to share his life with. Friends would only
stand in awe if he demonstrated his true powers, the power to change the sight
of the world forever. The power to blow up an entire mountain was something he
possessed; in fact it would take him little effort to blow up a mountain.
He was trained to
be a loner, and that was what he had been for the past years.
But this woman
wanted different.
She wanted to be
around him.
But because she was
in love with him or because she wanted to change him? Maybe because she wanted
to change him so that she could love him? The Nasty One couldn't figure out
the intentions of the red-haired sorceress and so he decided to allow her
around for a while, until he knew exactly what she was up to.
Not that he would
have sent her away otherwise, he had promised her he would accompany her to
the tower and his honour forbade him to cancel the journey now. For he knew
that she would not go to the tower alone, not without him.
There was that
sound again. Quick footsteps coming his way. Immediately he shot up. Somebody
was in trouble.
Though it was
probably an outlaw the Nasty One got interested. Then he spotted a short
figure running his way. He concentrated to see in the dark and then he saw a
familiar face. He opened his door and hissed:
"Short One, in
here."
The locksmith gave
it no thought and ran into the house. The Nasty One closed the door behind him
and sat back in his chair, not lighting any candle. The locksmith seemed to be
able to find his way around quite well despite the darkness as he found
another seat without effort. He probably remembered where the chair was from
his last visit.
He carefully peeked
at the window, then hid himself as he heard the heavy stomps of the town
guards pass by.
"I should have
known. One who is an expert at making locks is also an expert at picking them.
Caught in the act?"
"They never
saw me from nearby. I got out just in time and they only heard me. I got
myself a nice distance between them in no time but I could not return home at
once, I locked my door and opening it would have taken too much time and then
they would have caught up on me."
"I gave you
good money yesterday. Then what made you play burglar tonight? Gambled too
much?"
"No... it is
not for me that I try to make money in a more devious way. Though I have
little work here I can live from the money I earn as a locksmith. The knights
have used my craft for their new dungeons and then you came, asking for my
best and heaviest locks for your door and your chest. But I need a lot of
money to hire a sorcerer."
"A sorcerer?
What do you need a sorcerer for?" the Nasty One asked, raising his
eyebrow.
"For
this." the locksmith said, raising his right hand.
On his middle
finger the Nasty One saw a bright golden ring with a shining black stone on
it.
"What kind of
ring is that? And why do you need the services of a sorcerer? To remove it?
Aye, it is indeed a magical ring and most of those don't go off the finger of
people who are not the rightful owner." the Nasty One said with no
attempt to hide a smile.
"So you stole
a ring and now you can't get it off?"
"No, it is not
that! I am smart enough not to break in a sorcerer's residence. But a
sorcerer put a curse on me, a curse which he put in this ring. If something
happens to me, it happens to everyone in a mile radius. So if I die, I cause
the death of hundreds. I have lived as a hermit for a year but then I hurt my
shoulder and as a result I saw a young deer fall down in pain. I could not
live with the knowledge that an animal so innocent and beautiful would have to
live with my pain. So that is when I decided to move back into this peaceful
town where few got hurt."
"Then you
showed pure lack of responsibility! You almost got caught and the guards might
have molested you or even killed you, in the middle of a town! You know what
would have happened then, you just explained. Would you have this whole town
killed just because you need money?"
"That was one
reason why I kept on running. I would not mind spending the night in jail, I
have spent more. And because I made the locks in this prison myself, I know
how the cells are. But I was afraid something might happen to me on the way,
or that the night guards were in a foul mood. And they certainly were! This
pair of guards is the meanest in town. So I had to run."
"Well, I think
I can help you. I happen to have a sorceress here, she might be able to help
you get rid of that ring."
"You have?
Where is she?"
"Sleeping over
there. And I am sure she will not accept your money."
"Wow. Why
would she do that for free?"
"Because I
tell her to."
"You control
the woman?"
"Not exactly,
but I saved her twice and tomorrow I will go out to accompany her on her way
to some tower where she can enhance her powers. So I am sure she will do me
a favour."
"Well then, I
can also accompany you to the tower. After all, she will be more powerful
after she has drained the tower and then there is a bigger chance she can help
me."
The Nasty One
smiled: he was getting company quickly.
"All-right
then. You can stay here, though there is no bed available. Unless you want to
share the blankets with the sorceress..." he said with a grin.
"No, thanks. I
slept today, I prepared for this. And by the way, a spy from the politicians
in this town tried to bribe me for information about you. I knew I should have
taken the cash, but..."
"That is quite
all-right, I know of the intentions of the politicians already. It seems they
are trying to use me and my powers for their own game of power. I just ignore
them, for that is exactly what politicians are for. Senseless discussions and
struggles about power. While they do not even know what true power is."
"I think you
do know what power is. Don't you have any powers of sorcery yourself?"
"Only a
violent kind of magic. Have you tried hacking off your finger?"
"And then how
could I ever work my craft again? I need all my fingers for my delicate
work."
"Meaning
locksmithing or lockpicking?" The Nasty One said with an enigmatic smile.
"Both."
the locksmith grinned.
"I see. Well,
there must be another way to remove that ring. But the Red One will see to
that tomorrow."
Completely at ease,
the locksmith fell back in the deep chair and within moments he was sound
asleep.
The Nasty One shook
his head and relaxed as well.
5
The locksmith was
there when the sorceress and the Nasty
One mounted horses.
The locksmith was just carrying a small knapsack and had a horse of his own.
The guards looked a
little jumpy when the Nasty One rode out of town in a steady pace but they did
not speak a word, nor did they try anything to stop him and those with him.
As soon as they
were out of sight, however, one guard sprinted to the Assembly to report.
"Milord, the
Nasty One just left town on horseback, carrying a large bag with some of his
possessions. He was followed by the woman who entered town with his yesterday
and by the locksmith, a suspect of the burglary reported by the night
shift."
"A suspect,
you say? Has there been a proper identification?" the king-knight
asked.
"No, milord.
But fact is that his residence has been empty all night and thus we have
reason to believe he spent the night at the Nasty One's apartment. He was seen
entering his house again this morning and it appeared just to get some stuff
as he went to the stables to fetch his horse just equipped with a knapsack."
"I want a
total search of his house for the time he is gone. Any word of how long they
will be gone?"
"No, milord.
They left through the main gate and did not speak a word. Their equipment,
however, is not enough for a long or even permanent leave."
"Right. Then I
also want a search of the Nasty One's apartment. As he is a citizen of this
town we have a right to search his house as he is a suspect of any kind
because it is already known that he killed my town guards. And do it quickly,
before he returns. This all goes off the record."
"Off the
record? But milord, that would make us act like the politicians!"
"You have no
permission to criticise me, guard. You have your orders, now go and spread
them."
The guard bowed,
clicked his heels and left the audience room.
"It is not
tactful to spread orders off the record to the younger ones, milord. They are
still full of ideals and their minds are still possessed by knightly heroes.
It may be a bit too early to show them how true power should really be
handled. After all, the youngster was a bit right about comparing you to the
politicians when it comes to handling matters off the record." an older
knight said.
"What do you
want me to do then? Show the Nasty One we have searched his house? He will
kill us for that!"
"Oh, he
certainly will. I do not say you should not search the apartment or tell him
you did, just don't bother the younger ones with it. Leave it to those who
know what life is about."
"Sir Intharh
is right. Though we are more honest and open than politicians we cannot be
accused of lack of diplomacy."
"It does not
matter. Once we can find a clue about who this Nasty One exactly is, what
deals he has made with anyone we know or do not know, what weak points he has
-if any- and how we can use his powers to our own advantage we finally have
the edge over the politicians and we will finally have the power to completely
ban them."
"That is
right, but we may not stoop to the tactics of our opponents here." the
older knight said.
"Sir Ninthan
of Waywrecht." the herald suddenly announced.
"Finally,
there he is. Let him in."
A short, thin man
in knightly armour entered the meeting room and took place at the round table.
"You have a
full report?"
"Aye, I have
been working on it for quite some time." the man said, looking around
comfortably as observing was what he did best. Even though spying was not a
quality one should see as knightly and courtly, he called himself the
spy-knight and had long years of experience leading a small network of local
spies.
"You have kept
us waiting for a long time, Ninthan." the king-knight spoke.
"Aye, aye. But
I have something here that will make you forgive me for keeping you waiting so
long. Listen."
With that, the
spy-knight opened a notebook.
"Here, just
after dusk, the Nasty One left his house, leaving the red-haired woman, who is
Griwalda, daughter of Nouen's mayor and a sorceress, alone in the house."
"The woman is
the daughter of Nouen's mayor? Then what is she doing here?" a knight
asked.
"Last I heard
was that she had been abducted."
"She returned
to her town a few days ago and then left. It is assumable that it was the
Nasty One who freed her and that she had been looking for him."
"Indeed, my
sources in Nouen confirm this. The person who freed her from captivity was
known as the Nasty One."
"But then he
saved her from Binor and his gang! So he saved her twice? She must be grateful
for that." the young knight said.
"Probably fell
in love with the man as well, as she spent the night in his apartment."
"So he left
her alone. Then what happened? Did you follow the Nasty One or did you hold on
to your surveillance of the apartment?"
"We split up
but the one who followed the Nasty One lost him soon enough. He returned
alive, however. The man could swear that the Nasty One had sensed his presence
and thought it was best to flee before the sword would strike mercilessly.
Naturally, I killed him for the cowardice. He accepted the punishment
without any complaints."
The king-knight
nodded. "But if we kill everybody for cowardice in the face of the
Nasty One we will end up without any living knight in short time."
"Fair enough,
but he neglected a direct order here, and I will not tolerate that. Anyway,
what I saw was much more interesting: soon after the Nasty One had left, the
woman got a visitor."
"A visitor?
Who was that? She was just in town."
"It was the
former prime minister."
This statement left
the room in silence for a few seconds.
"The guts!
What right did he have to visit her?"
"I do not
know, but remember she is indeed the daughter of Nouen's mayor. They had a
long discussion and just after he left the Nasty One returned. Well, he came
half an hour after the former prime minister had left. I had nobody left to
follow the former prime minister, you understand."
"I see. So you
think that the former prime minister is trying to persuade the woman to help
him? Or even to persuade her to talk the Nasty One into helping him?"
"I fear so,
aye. But this is not the end of my report. In the middle of the night another
person entered the house and stayed there until dawn. He appeared to
be..."
"The
locksmith. If things go the way they look the woman has tricked the Nasty One
into working for the politicians and so they left for some errand, together
with the locksmith. Do we know anything about the locksmith's place in
this?"
"I happen to
know that a politician tried to bribe the locksmith. He wanted him to tell him
everything he knew about the Nasty One. The locksmith, however, refused and
said he didn't know much as the Nasty One had been very seclusive about
himself and the locksmith had just installed some locks."
"Which
locks?"
"From what we
have seen, a heavy lock on the door and another one on a chest. There is only
one key for each lock and the Nasty One has them both."
"He replaced
the door lock? He is not allowed to do that, now we have trouble searching his
house!" the king-knight said, upset.
"We could
always... no, we cannot use the locksmith's expertise here! The damn bastard
took the locksmith with him! I bet that locksmith is also the lock pick you
talked about earlier, milord. The man entered the Nasty One's apartment, and
that fits perfectly in the fact that around that time a burglar was chased and
then lost."
"Alas, he has
followed the Nasty One to parts unknown to us. I am sure, though, that there
are more ways to enter that flat."
"Of course,
but we would not want him to notice somebody has been in, would we?"
"Try all you
can. If you have to break in, break in. He will never know after all who broke
in. It could have been a spy from the politicians as well."
"That remains
to be seen, Lord Reighward. Who knows what deal has been struck between her
and the politicians? It might very well be the case that he is already on
their side. If somebody breaks into his apartment the politicians will inform
him that we have done this. After all, they accuse us of everything."
"Like we
accuse them." the king-knight said under his breath.
Though it was
clearly audible, nobody responded.
"So, how was
your talk with the woman, prime minister?"
"Perfect. It
appears that she is the daughter of that old mayor in Nouen. Very easy to
manipulate, indeed. She is just a naive woman in love with the Nasty One. She
is ours and she will do everything to persuade the man to help us."
"Give us a
full report." a minister said.
With a smile on his
face the prime minister reported about the conversation with the woman, not
knowing she was a sorceress and everything but naive.
"So, all we
have to do is wait for their return and then we can do business?"
"If the damsel
is indeed as persuasive as she believes herself to be she will have the Nasty
One on our side soon. She strongly believes that she can have some influence
on him and we have no reason to doubt her as she has entered this town at his
side and she has spent the night with him. Though you can never know for sure
what happened in there last night I think it is safe to say that a woman with
a body like hers should have no problem seducing a man to the sin of
flesh."
Several politicians
chuckled.
"A perfect
scheme, prime minister. It is undisputed that we still have chosen the right
man for the job of leading us. Your ingenious plan will bring us back to
power."
With a glee the
prime minister nodded.
They rode quietly
for a day, the locksmith wondered why the other two were so quiet. The woman
was riding with a blank face, the Nasty One sometimes looked around but most
of the time he rode with his eyes closed, concentrating so deeply the
locksmith could almost sense it.
Then, for a short
instant, the big man started to glow a pale shade of blue and a small beam of
light left him through his head. "What the..." the locksmith started
but then the flash was gone and the glow had vanished. Meanwhile, the Nasty
One had let go of the reins but the horse walked on in the same steady pace
nonetheless, as if it was afraid to disobey its master. And the Nasty One did
not bump or fall off the beast even though he did not hold on to anything.
Carefully the
locksmith looked aside and found himself eye to eye with the sorceress.
"I believe we
have not been introduced properly." he said hesitantly. "My name is
Jon Man, the locksmith in Vintel."
"Griwalda
Donthiac, daughter of the mayor in Nouen. So you are the man who has a problem
with that ring?"
"I have, I
explained it all to the Nasty One. This ring will not get off my finger and
what happens to me happens to everybody within a mile's radius. This happened
to me when I was caught by a sorcerer who wanted to hire me as a lock pick. I
said I had quit that and wanted to earn my bread like an honest man and this
was the kind of man who would not take no for an answer. He handed me the ring
and told me to wear it in case I would change my mind. I put it on, a bit
naive as I was, and then I walked with a friend and fell. To my surprise, he
fell with me. We laughed a lot about that but then later other things started
to happen. When I got hurt, other people got hurt. And then I hit a tree and
hurt my shoulder. A poor, innocent deer slumped to the ground at the same
moment. Then I knew I had to do something to get this ring removed, so I
started breaking in houses again to earn enough money to hire the services of
a good sorcerer who could help me with this."
"So what you
are trying to say is that we should take care of you very well else we will
all suffer what you suffer."
"Exactly, that
is how it seems to work."
"When we
encamp I will try to use my powers to destroy the ring. It may not be entirely
safe but I must investigate it before I undertake any type of action. After
all, I will be harmed when I harm you. But today we must ride on quickly. The
tower must be some five days from Vintel and when we have reached it I might
be able to add the sorcerer's power to my own. After all, he kidnapped me to
do the same thing to me."
"Kidnapped
you? Which sorcerer? The same one who cursed me?"
"I do not know
which sorcerer cursed you. But this one
kidnapped me to
drain me and then he was killed by the Nasty One, who had gone out to rescue
me."
"Ah, so that
is the link between the two of you. People in the pub were already guessing
last night."
"People in the
pub?" the woman asked, surprised.
"Aye, that is
the main place for all the news and gossip in town. I happen to be there
often, so I am pretty much up to date with the situation in the town. That is
why some politician wanted to bribe me to tell more about the Nasty One."
"They
approached you as well? A man who called himself the prime minister entered
last night and he talked to me. He promised me new trade agreements when I
should talk the Nasty One into helping them."
"Those
politicians will never change. I can assure you that those trade agreements
would be quite forgotten after you would have helped them."
"Can you tell
me some more about the town? I hardly know the town and I am not that
interested in politics. I do have to know, however, if we are in any danger
when he cross one's path."
"Well, this
town was built a century ago and now has a small
population of, say,
nine hundred. Then the politicians came and they wanted to grow and grow, as
their own power would grow with the town's. We paid fair taxes and in turn
they arranged things like the watch, the street cleaners, supplies et
cetera. But they were also in a band with other towns which were also ruled by
politicians and the taxes were raised in order to expand the amount of guards
and also to hire people from outside to build new horses and also large,
prestigious bungalows for the politicians themselves. Now in a town like
this everybody knows each other but people had to raise their prices for
normal stuff like food and spirits. So life got more expensive here and
because of that things went a bit wrong when it came to trading with the
outside. And that resulted in less investments and bigger expenses. Which
had to come from the townspeople and so taxes were raised and raised, bringing
the town into a vicious cycle. That was when people started to riot and soon
large bands of knights entered the town and said they would take care of
business. They did not attack the politicians, but in their own way they beat
the politicians in their own game: they forced the politicians to write out
elections and the knights were voted in the government almost unanimously as
nobody wanted the politicians anymore."
"But the prime
minister said that the coup went with much violence."
"Well, the
violence came after the elections. The politicians would not recognise the
results of the elections and claimed the knights had cheated themselves into
power. So they started to cause trouble and that was when the knights were
forced to keep them in line with the sword and forced the politicians to
retreat but they are still in town and will do anything to get back into
power. And now they both spy on each other and they will both do anything for
power so they will both seek to get the Nasty One as a pawn for their own
purposes as they have seen his power, and because he is strong and
fearless."
"Is that what
you think or what you have heard?"
"I have heard
little on the matter, those two parties are damn difficult to intrude for
information. They talk to almost nobody and only come with official statements
and some rumours to keep the crowd excited. Interest in local politics is
extremely high, you understand."
"I understand.
So I should totally forget about the promises of that prime minister?"
"Absolutely.
He has no power and it would not be the first promise he broke. And certainly
not the last one, either. And I think you should never have thought about
those promises as all the prime minister wants is the power of the Nasty One
and he does not care about you and your father's town. You would not want to
abuse one who has saved you from death."
"Certainly
not. I must confess I have been considering this but then just to help my
father."
"Which is
probably exactly the plan of the prime minister, he wanted you to think you
would help your father by helping him. It is what politics is all
about." the locksmith grinned.
"It seems you
know a lot about politics." the woman remarked.
"Of course. I
just told you that the people in Vintel are very much interested in politics.
And in case you did not notice, I am from Vintel."
"I see. So a
lot of people are interested in politics in a town where the politicians are
banned."
"Of course,
that is the entire point. The knights play their own games of politics, they
just never admit it. I must give them they are not as corrupt as the
politicians before but they have their own way of dealing with power. You know
there are more towns where politicians and knights rule. There is a certain
split between the knight-towns and the other towns, which is also the reason
why the trade with your town has been cut down. And there is a chance that the
knight-towns unite to get all the towns in this area under the reign of the
knighthood."
"The
knighthood means to conquer other towns?"
"I am not sure
whether they will try to use elections again or that they will really enter by
the sword. There are some rather nasty talks about it, though."
"I am not sure
about all this, my father never told me much and he was always terribly busy
with ruling Nouen and I was too busy with learning my own craft: sorcery. My
mother died when I was young. I have never known her."
The locksmith could
feel there was something she was not telling but he decided against asking
now. He would find out later, he knew. The woman would not talk about it now
anyway so he decided to be patient, though this was totally against his
curious nature.
6
"So this is
the tower. Aye, I recognise this place."
"The bodies
have been removed though." the woman noticed.
"Of course,
people will start to notice the stench." the Nasty One said with a shrug.
They entered the
empty tower and started looking around.
"This place is
absolutely empty. I guess somebody has been here plundering this tower
before." the locksmith said, lifting up carpets to check if there was
anything of value hidden there.
"There has:
me." the Nasty One said. "It is not materialistic things we are
after here. It is magical power that the Red One needs to add to her
own."
"Of course,
but... ah, I see. You picked up all the stuff already. So, where to
look?"
"It is not
something you can look for. It is more something for the Red One. She will
probably want to go to the casting chambers. There the magical energy that
a sorcerer uses to cast his spells floats around harmlessly, but a sorcerer,
either the one who created the energy -or converted normal energy to magical
energy I should say- or any other sorcerer can use the magic powers for
their own purposes."
"But does this
actually give her more spells or just more power to cast spells?"
"Sometimes it
just allows the sorcerer, or sorceress in this case, to cast a long ray of
spells where she would normally be exhausted. And sometimes it comes as a
learning process where the sorceress can learn a lot of new spells or add more
power to her present spells. I am not sure whether there is anything here but
she will find out soon enough."
"Do you think
those new powers will give her the power to release me?"
"I don't know,
she may have already. For all I know she may never be able to help you. A
great sorcerer of power would not have fallen for that small band of marauders
and she did. And the sorcerer who kidnapped her and brought her here to this
tower was also not that powerful as he needed ten guards. A powerful sorcerer
would never need guards."
"I suppose you
killed all those guards and the sorcerer? That must have been pretty
hard."
"Not that
hard. The guards were too surprised and the Casting One also was not
dangerous after he found out that his spells could not hurt me."
"Could not
hurt you? How come?"
"I have an
item given to me by my teacher, an item that protects me against
sorcery."
"That must be
a very rare item and its value is so great it cannot be given in mere gold.
That makes you dangerous to those who normally do not fear the men of the
sword."
"Indeed, and
that is what has made me a man to challenge the sorcerers who oppose me."
"I do not
think a sorcerer would want to oppose you when he knew you had this item. I
bet it's the bracelet you are wearing on your left wrist. Easy to say it is
magical since the runes on it are all over the bracelet."
"You were not
of mind to steal it, were you?"
"Steal
anything from one as powerful as you? I would not dare. And I mean that. I
have heard and seen what you can do and I am sure you would find me. And I
have a pretty good idea of what you would do to me then. No, thanks."
"Just remember
to keep the value of this bracelet between us. Do not let any politician bribe
you for telling this. I have a vague idea what they would do then. Or try, at
least. And I do not want to be bothered with petty stuff like that."
"I understand
full well, Nasty One. Trust me. Oh I forgot... never mind."
"Right."
Meanwhile, the
sorceress had located the spellcasting room of which the entrance had been
hidden once. She saw to her amusement that the secret door had been blasted
open by a powerful force and she knew exactly who had done that.
"You have
strange powers at hand, Nasty One." she whispered.
But as soon as she
entered the room she found herself unable to say a word. Here the air should
have been filled with energy the sorcerers use for their powers, but there was
absolutely nothing, the air was as thin as outside. And the book shelves were
empty, she could see that books had been standing there because of the dust.
"Nasty
One?" she shouted. "What is it, Red One?" came the reply from
somewhere underneath her.
"Somebody has
been here, another sorcerer. And he has taken the spoils already. Or do you
also have the power to absorb energy?"
"If I would
have had those powers I would have told you and then we would not have left
the town in the first place. What stupid kind of question is that?"
"Oh...
sorry... I did not mean to insult you..." the woman uttered softly.
The woman looked
around and suddenly her eye fell upon a small sheet of parchment.
"Men, come up
here. I found a note."
The two men went up
the spiral stairs quickly and also entered the room the woman was standing in.
The Nasty One grabbed the sheet and studied it.
"Some arrogant
note." he grunted.
"What does it
say?" the locksmith inquired.
"Harken, one
who ventures here.
I take it you were
the one who killed Methahon, the owner of this tower. I take it somebody has
come here to drain the tower of its magic energy. You came too late here, as I
already did that. In a certain way I owe you, as Methahon was not my friend by
far to say the least. But the way you disposed of him, by the sword, upsets me
a bit. How did you break through his magic defence? Do you have the key to
immunity, the key that we have been looking for all these years? Do you have
the key of domination, the key the sorcerers in this world want? Are you the
one to defy our powers for you cannot be hurt by them? Because if you are the
one we are looking for, then be warned. Surrender the key or face the
sorcerers in this world who have more means at hand to get the key, which is
so important in our lives. Surrender the key as soon as possible, deliver it
to Authon Towers before the moon is full. Or suffer the consequences."
the Nasty One read.
"Signed:
Miroan the Dark Sorcerer." the woman added.
"You know this
man?" the Nasty One asked.
"Every
sorcerer or sorceress knows the reputation of this man. He is extremely
powerful and feared by friend or foe. He..."
"He is the one
who put this ring on me!" the locksmith suddenly exclaimed.
"Are you
sure?"
"I would not
say it if I was not sure. The name rings a clear bell to me. I am a hundred
percent positive about this. Miroan was the name."
"If Miroan is
the one who put this curse on you, I am afraid I cannot help you. His powers
outclass mine by far. I will try, though."
The sorceress then
started working her powers and the room was filled with tense air again. She
put her hand on his finger and slowly the ring started to glow. "It... it
is getting warm." the locksmith said, a bit nervous.
"Of course,
she is trying to heat it. Metal expands when it is heating up. She tries to
heat it so that it will grow and then it might slip off your finger. It takes
no sorcerer to know that." the Nasty One said.
"It will not
heat up." she said after some time.
"My hand sure
is. It is starting to hurt."
"Touch the
ring. It is still cold. Strange."
"The magic,
probably. A smart one will keep the results of something natural from a ring
like that. Else one could just heat it and slip it off. So that will never
work. Try something different."
"How about
that bracelet of yours, Nasty One? Maybe the anti-magic in it will dispel the
magic."
"That will be
the day. Defeat that sorcerer with the thing he wants. Worth a try."
He ran the bracelet
across the ring and across the man's finger but nothing would work.
"In that way,
only one thing can help you: the death of the one who did this to you."
"You mean this
is the key Miroan was talking about?" the sorceress asked.
"Aye, I have
reason to believe so. Because it dispels the magic energy I cannot be hurt by
a sorcerer. This makes me a great danger to all sorcerers who can usually keep
a good distance between one man and themselves and cast them to death. I can
advance, break their most powerful defence and kill them. They are not really
looking for the key, they want it just to be certain that nobody can attack
them. Or maybe they want it for their own use. A sorcerer who fights another
sorcerer has an easy fight when he has the bracelet. And so he could become
the only sorcerer in the world if he wanted that. While it is certainly easy
to become the most powerful one when he can add the energy from the deceased
one every time."
"What are you
going to do?"
"The only one
thing to do. We will return to that town of ours after I have left a small
note for that sorcerer."
"What kind of
note?"
"I am not
going to look for him, those sorcerers are sometimes hard to find. So I will
just tell him where to find me. I am sure he will come because I have what he
wants. And he has what I want."
"What do you
want then?"
"His
life."
"Report then.
What have you seen?"
The spy-knight
looked around and saw that the full Assembly was present at the large round
table.
"The
locksmith's house was nothing of interest. Just some tools and private
property. The Nasty One's house is pretty empty. I could not open the chest,
not even with my best lock picks and false keys. The locksmith is certainly
one who knows what he makes. Terrific craftsmanship indeed. He took his pack
with him, I guess with some money and items he uses and the rest of the house
is empty except for the standard furniture we give in these apartments."
"So what you
are trying to say is that we took a great risk for absolutely nothing. There
are no clues whatsoever to be found in those residences." the king-knight
said, his voice trembling with disappointment and anger.
"Right.
Absolutely nothing."
"Then what is
our next step?" a knight asked.
"We will have
to wait for their return and then I must have a talk with this man."
"If he is
willing to talk to you, that is. You are not going to pick him off the streets
and bring him in."
"Most
certainly not. We must try a different approach here. Our authority does not
work here, so we must use a little diplomacy. He does not seem to be
interested in politics, nor does he seem to bargain for favours while he is
not simply for hire."
"Which leaves
us with what?"
"That is
something we must find out. And soon, before the politicians are steps ahead
of us."
A tall, thin figure
dressed in black approached the tower he had visited before. "So somebody
has been there. Probably somebody who wanted to see if there was any treasure
or energy left. I hope they were the ones who killed Methahon and that they
found my note. No, the note is there. Wait, that is something else. Another
note. Probably a reply. They will surrender the key to me if they have
it."
But when the
sorcerer read he raised his brows.
"I don't know
who you think you are but you have no right to hurt my friends. You put a ring
on one of my companions' finger and you are going to pay for it unless you
remove it immediately. And aye, I have the key, the key to your downfall.
Come and get it if you dare, I will be around a small town a few days north of
here. Do or die. Signed: The Nasty One."
"Nasty One.
Where have I heard of that name before?" the sorcerer pondered.
"I don't know
who you are, Nasty One. But you have made an enemy for life and you are going
to regret it. And then, when I have dealt with you, I will get the key to
immunity and I will conquer the power of the universe. You are probably too
stupid to see what you have, but I know and I know I must do everything to get
it."
"I know it is
our duty, but what about the Nasty One? Of course, Jon Man will return by his
side and we cannot apprehend him when he has the Nasty One to help
him."
The speaker looked
up to his fellow, another town guard. He also shook his head.
"Lord
Reighward will have our heads if we let him pass."
"And the Nasty
One will when we don't."
A long silence
followed. Finally the second guard bumped his halberd into the ground.
"We have to
let them pass. I will face Lord Reighward any day if that means I get away
from the Nasty One. My lordship will understand that we are absolutely
powerless against this man. He is powerless himself lest he would have done
something about him a long time ago."
"Johan was my
friend, and when he gave the Nasty One a big mouth four died with him. One for
the fables and the legends, a martyr for all the town guards." the other
one said with cynicism in his voice.
"Still the man
is a burglar and he has to be brought to justice. We can sneak upon him and
catch him while the Nasty One is not there."
"He will be
coming for us then. Is that what you want?"
"Nope, but he
cannot prove it was us who took him."
"Consider me
out. I will not risk my life for some thief."
"Are you
forsaking your duties?"
"We have been
doing that all the time since the Nasty One entered town."
The threesome
finally re-entered the town where they saw the frightened looks on the faces
of the town guards.
"So the
sorcerer will be coming for us and then you will kill him?" the locksmith
asked, ignoring the guards.
"Aye. I am
sure he will come since I happen to have the key he seeks. He must be eager
enough to bite."
"You think
there is more behind this?"
"Maybe, Short
One. I would not be surprised if somebody would try to play a trick on me.
People have been doing strange things every time they found out I am not for
hire."
"What have
they done to you then?"
"Still
inquisitive. Well, they tried to force me into doing what they wanted me to
do. They tried the power of the sword -one tactic that certainly backfired-
and of money. They tried to bribe me with everything a material man would give
his life for. They tried to seduce me with gorgeous women, promised me land, a
kingdom of my own."
"So, why did
you reject?" the man asked.
"Pah! What
good is money, what good is sexual lust? What good is power and authority you
did not claim yourself? Where is the smell, the taste of success when you
command people while others really did the work for you? What kind of life
would I have, sitting on a throne, ruling peasants? They would probably give
me a kingdom as tedious as this town."
"That is a way
to look at things." the man said with doubt in his voice. He knew not
exactly who this man was and what he was up to but he got a gut feeling that
this man could be trusted as a friend. Even if he did not trust anybody him-
self.
7
The threesome
rested in the Nasty One's apartment.
"So there is a
big chance you might get hurt. And when you get hurt, we all get hurt. There
is something we must do."
"All we can do
is sit and wait until the sorcerer comes. I have given him directions of where
to find me, I am sure he will come since I have what he wants."
"So all we can
do is sit and wait? I do not believe that is something not even you can have
peace with. Meanwhile we have to watch every step our friend the locksmith
makes. The knights are still looking for him as a burglar, they might pick him
up as soon as they spot him and we cannot possibly hold him here forever,
especially not since you go out at night." Griwalda said.
"Maybe you
should try to get me off the hook with the knights, it would be a big relief
knowing that they are no longer after me." Jon added.
The Nasty One
slowly nodded.
"Fair enough,
I will tell them to withdraw the warrant for your arrest."
He walked outside
and quickly enough attracted the attention of a pair of town guards.
"I have a
message for your knights." the Nasty One stated.
The guards, one
veteran accompanied by a younger knight, hesitantly advanced. The older knight
raised his head in dignity. "What is it you have to say, Nasty
One?"
"I demand that
the warrant for the Short One's arrest be withdrawn. Nobody may hurt him else
you will all suffer the consequences."
"Why do you
defend a criminal, Nasty One? Why do you threaten us now?" the knight
asked.
"It is not me
who threatens you here, I am simply warning you. The Short One is cursed by a
sorcerer and what happens to him happens to this whole damn town. I have no
means at hand to dispel that powerful magic, so I must find the sorcerer who
did this and kill him to break the power. This is what I intend to do. So I
warn you that nobody should hurt the Short One in the meantime."
"This Short
One you are talking about, is he the locksmith Jon Man?"
The Nasty One
nodded briefly.
Meanwhile the
younger knight stood frozen hearing his partner speak to this feared man so
openly.
"This sorcerer
you are after, do you have a name on him?"
"Names mean
little to me, but the people inside will know his name. He seems to be pretty
famous."
"Then could
you get either one of them?"
The Nasty One
nodded and walked inside, only to come out a few seconds later with the woman.
"The sorcerer
is Miroan, one of the world's most powerful sorcerers."
"I remember
that name. Can you battle this man?"
"His powers
can be neutralised." the Nasty One said calmly.
"Well then, we
will go and deliver your message to the Assembly. Is there aught else we
should know or is there anything you need?"
After the Nasty One
had shaken his head the knight saluted him and turned around to stomp away
quickly, followed by his younger partner. "The warrant is
withdrawn!" the guard shouted over his shoulder before he turned around a
corner. The Nasty One nodded in satisfaction.
"So the word
is out now. They will not hurt the Short One. They know the danger now, so he
should be safe."
The woman nodded
slowly.
"They take
your word very easily."
"These are not
powerful ones, these will just carry the message to that Royal One. And then
we will hear more."
It did not take
long for the knight to be allowed in the Assembly when he stated that he had
a statement from the Nasty One.
"So he has
spoken. What does he want?"
"He wants that
the warrant for the locksmith Jon Man's arrest be withdrawn immediately. The
locksmith is cursed and anything that will happen to him will happen to the
whole town. So it is wisest to leave him be."
"Cursed? How
come, Sir Michael?"
"I am not
sure, the Nasty One said that a powerful sorcerer known as Miroan -he needed
the lady's help for the name as he does not care about names- had bestowed the
curse on the locksmith. As for the how and the why, we have no word on
this."
"And how do we
know he is not lying or joking?"
"The Nasty One
seems not to be one who makes jokes about things like that, milord. If about
anything."
"You seem to
understand the man a bit, Sir Michael."
"Well, he is
tough but I think he is not very unfair."
"This man
killed five of your colleagues a few days ago. Do you call that not very
unfair?"
"There is more
to this man than meets the eye, milord. Can I tell him we will delete the
warrant from the files?"
"Most
certainly, Sir Michael. If he speaks true, and we have no reason to believe he
doesn't, this town is in danger. You are dismissed, and you and your partner
deserve two days off for bringing us this."
"Thank you,
milord. I salute you."
The men bowed,
clicked their heels and walked out of the audience room.
"So we have to
take this seriously?"
"Of course,
the man would not make silly threats like that. We must find a solution
here."
"Could we not
just banish the locksmith?"
"Who wants to
execute that, when the Nasty One is near? He stays at the Nasty One's place so
he can be considered an associate of the Nasty One."
"Any news on
the man's background yet?"
"Nothing at
all. We will have to work on that."
"Then we will
continue with that. Meanwhile the message has to be delivered to all the
guards that the Nasty One and his company should be left entirely alone,
nobody is to interfere in their actions. If they want to kill that sorcerer
they go ahead. But I will not allow the knights to get involved with the great
danger to be killed over matters that are not of our business."
"Aye."
"But what do
we know about the sorcerer who is threatening the locksmith? His name seems to
be Miroan and it rings a bell to me. He seems to be pretty powerful as far as
I know and it is not known how the Nasty One will eliminate the danger he
poses."
"It is not
known if the Nasty One has arcane powers himself but Sir Ninthan is right now
working on that. Information is what we need in this matter, for now there is
little we can do. Meanwhile we must study at the possibilities of helping out
the Nasty One as he has to save the town this time and I do not want that one
man claims responsibility for saving our town. Think of the riot that would
give: one man beating the knighthood for the honour!" the king-knight
spoke. "There is little we can do against a powerful sorcerer. We will
indeed study at possibilities ourselves." the older knight said, his
hands resting on the table.
"Then we will
resume debates tomorrow when I am eager to hear your suggestions."
In the small hidden
House of politicians, there was also a large debate going on.
"The Nasty One
has sent a statement to the knights." the spy master reported.
"A statement?
What do you have on this?"
"It is said
that he instructed the knights to withdraw the arrest against the locksmith
who still resides at his apartment. He claims the locksmith Jon Man is cursed
so that whatever happens to him happens to everybody in this town. A powerful
sorcerer is said to have bestowed that curse on him and so the Nasty One
intends to kill the sorcerer to free the locksmith, who can be seen as an
associate of the Nasty One, and he claims to be able to deal with the sorcerer
himself as he has means at hand to block the sorcerous powers."
"Block them? I
think you understood that wrong. There is no way to block out sorcery except
for by means of other sorcery. Do you think the woman is responsible for
this?"
"I don't think
so. If she would have been powerful enough to block the sorcerer's spells she
would have also been powerful enough to battle him herself."
"Maybe using
the sorceress is what he intends."
"After
analyzing the Nasty One's behaviour, I would not say he would use the woman as
his pawn. There must be something else."
"But he has
struck a deal with the knights, and that is what must concern us the
most." a minister said, banging his fist on the table.
"So far that
deal is of no big value. He has commanded the knights to do as he wishes and
it is not known if he will now consider himself owing the knights. But there
is indeed a danger this will be the start of a series of deals between the
knights and the Nasty One. Therefore we must undertake some kind of action to
block these bargains with some of our own."
"Already we
have found a weak link in the woman, what more can we do?"
"As you will
see in our reports under point 423.817B you will see we have considered the
possibility of hiring a sorcerer. And now that he needs to battle one sorcerer
and has a sorceress at his side who seems to be incapable of doing what he
wishes I think it is time to bring in our sorcerer. How far are our
negotiations on that, minister of justice?"
"We have one
pretty powerful sorcerer who worked for us before. However, he requests a
remuneration of two thousand goldweights. Looking at our coffers we can see
that this amount can be missed. Contact with the man has already been made and
he is ready to receive his instructions. He has given me a small sphere with
which I can contact him."
"Two thousand?
Outrageous! I demand a debate on this!"
"Easy,
councillor. Think of the income we will receive when this plan works! With the
Nasty One on our side, we will be back into power in no time. Think of the tax
money that will return to our coffers, then two thousand goldweights is but a
small investment that will most certainly pay off!"
"I agree, the
power is within our reach, now more than ever. There is a chance that he will
accept our support in exchange for the power he possesses. And we have all
heard what those powers include. More than a sorcerer we can use his power to
drive the knights out of the Assembly and out of this town for all I
care."
"I want to
file a motion that we make it a law that all the knights in this town will be
forced to leave town after we have installed ourselves in the Assembly again.
They caused a riot last time and after order has been restored we have to
treat them as rebellious criminals, with either death or banishment."
"That can wait
later, minister of justice. Right now we are concerned with returning to power
and for that we need the power of the Nasty One. And so we contact this
sorcerer right away."
"I agree.
After hearing all the arguments, does the council agree?"
"The council
agrees under condition that the money will be restored in case the mission
fails. Does the cabinet agree with this?"
"The cabinet
agrees. Does the senate agree?"
"The senate
agrees unconditionally."
"Then the
motion of hiring a sorcerer is hereby accepted and will be executed under
motion 472.121A, under the supervision of the minister of justice."
"Contact the
sorcerer and instruct him to help the Nasty One to fight the sorcerer."
the prime minister instructed.
The sorcerer sat
behind his desk, deciphering old scrolls with great magical powers. Suddenly a
bright blue sphere started to glow. Annoyed, he picked up the sphere.
"Who
calls?"
"Renain,
minister of justice in the town of Vintel. I called you before, about the man
known as the Nasty One."
"I remember.
So, you have news?"
"I have got
the leave of my cabinet to hire you. Your mission has been changed a bit,
though."
"You mean I
don't have to eliminate that mysterious man now?"
"Indeed. You
are now to help him."
"Huh?"
"The man has a
companion, a short locksmith with the name of Jon Man, who wears a curse. What
happens to him happens to everybody in a wide radius around him. You are to
battle the sorcerer who bestowed this curse on him."
"Another
sorcerer. Do you have a name on this man?"
"Not yet, but
I will see to that as soon as possible as our intelligence network is right
now working on all the details. The Nasty One is also accompanied by a
sorceress but we have reason to believe she could not battle that particular
sorcerer. Her name is Griwalda Donthiac."
"I know the
woman. She could not defeat a gagged sorcerer with her small powers."
"You are to
assist her and the Nasty One any way you can."
"Of course.
What is the relationship between the Nasty One and Griwalda?"
"As far as I
know there is no serious relationship going on. She stays at his apartment but
they sleep separately."
"The man can't
be too bright when he rejects such an adorable body. And the locksmith?"
"Nothing that
we know."
"The fools.
The woman has a body she can make every man dream about."
"Romantic
affairs are not part of your assignment, if I may remind you."
"Of course.
Well, knowing that Griwalda is around I am sure I will be entertained in this
mission."
"You do not
work together with them, you work alone."
"That way.
Well, I will see what I can do. When must I be there and when will I be
informed?"
"You will come
tomorrow, I guess you have magical means of transport at hand. Then you will
go to the Goblins Inn, the best one in town, and there you will meet somebody
who will inform you and bring you totally up to date with the situation as
this is one that can change any day. Of course, reservations will be made for
you at the inn."
"I see. I will
be there tomorrow around dinner time."
"Until
tomorrow then, and good luck."
"So, it is
Griwalda I am really going to support? That man may be nasty, he cannot be too
smart keeping his hands off that gorgeous body. And then why does she stay at
his place? Could it be that she is in love with him?
"Because if
that is the case, the mission will be entirely different. I will work for
that minister but after I am done with that yet unknown sorcerer I will finish
off this Nasty One if he stands between me and the woman."
"Even for one
who finds true ecstasy in the power, I am only a man of flesh and blood and
her flesh would be a welcome addition to my bed. And of course I can give
her a little more power. Not that she would overcome mine but just enough to
use her as my guide. I heard that Methahon had abducted her to drain her. That
would have been a big waste as there is more one can enjoy from her than her
energy. And I am sure she has other ways to use her energy, to a man's entertainment
for instance.
"Yes,
Griwalda, you and I are going to have a good time, and no man, no matter how
nasty or powerful, is going to stop me."
8
"I feel
something is coming. It might very well be that sorcerer. I hope he will show
up soon, then the matter will be dealt with in no time. He will die and the
Short One will be free of his curse. Now I must go out for my evening
practice."
The sorceress
nodded and continued her studies.
"Don't you
have training books? Don't you learn from them?"
"Aye. But most
is learned through practice and meditation."
"It must be
really difficult to hold on to something without having a book or something
like that to remind you of your possibilities."
"It is not too
difficult as my daily work-out will constantly remind me of what I can
do."
"That must be
true." she said but as she looked up the Nasty One was gone.
The locksmith now
entered the living room.
"Do you know
what I have to do now? I mean, should I go back home or should I stay
here?"
"I do not know
what the Nasty One decided. He said nothing while you were here so my guess is
that he wants you to stay here."
"I am afraid
my frequent visits to the pub will have to be suspended for a while."
"You are right
there. For the moment you may take no risks. The Nasty One will first find the
sorcerer who threatens you and he will kill him. Then you are free to go
wherever you want without the fear that you will hurt the innocent by hurting
yourself. If you can leave me in peace and quiet now, I must see to my
studies."
"Oh,
sure."
The locksmith
retreated back to the guest room and started checking his lockpicking tools.
Meanwhile the Nasty
One sat down on a large rock and rested his head in his lap.
He sensed something
was going on and he knew it was no real threat but things could change
quickly, he had learned through hard experience.
The woman had
brought back memories from his battle with the Dark Body, a battle that had
been fought in a wasteland but the area had been destroyed even more after the
two had fought there. Physical and arcane energy and manoeuvres had followed
each other up at a rapid pace, a pace only a master of Body Life magic could
muster.
Wounds had to be
ignored for distraction would mean death in this fight. Visions returned to
the Nasty One. Visions of the man casting a brilliant red and orange bolt of
energy at the Nasty One. The Nasty One had called suit and had fired a light
blue bolt of his own. The explosion had thrown off both fighters, tearing open
armour and flesh alike and filling the skies with piercing screams of agony.
And one of those screams had been the Nasty One's.
"I am leaving
this gods-forsaken town. I am going after this man. He deserves to die, and I
deserve to kill him."
But still he
remained seated on the rock. He knew he had taken some responsibilities upon
his shoulder and he knew he had promised the locksmith to help him by killing
that sorcerer. And he was not one to break a promise, he knew. He knew he
would fight off that sorcerer, a man who held absolutely no power over him,
and then he would leave the town and go after the Dark Body. Then he started
thinking about his mission. He knew the sorcerer could not possibly hurt himself
but he could attack the Short One or the Red One. The sorceress seemed to be
pretty vulnerable. He had felt the enigmatic powers she possessed when he
crossed her mind and he had seen it was not much compared to other ones he had
encountered. No wonder she had been out for the deceased sorcerer's power. And
if the Nasty One would kill the man she would not hesitate to go on a small
quest to add powers to hers again. And if he had understood everything well
-he was always confident he had- this one was one of the most powerful ones in
the world. And so the woman would become one of the most powerful ones in the
world if she could indeed drain all the powers from the deceased sorcerer he
would have to kill to free the locksmith from his ring. Was the woman not
playing a game with him? With a snort he shrugged off that idea. It was
obvious that the woman was severely in love with him and the fact that she
would become more powerful because of him was just a little extra. While she
always could use more power for she would not have wanted to go to that tower
else. But she was not a politician, she could not help being the daughter of
one.
He looked around
and raised his head.
"Things will
change dramatically because of this, Red One. You will get power, and so much
I am not sure you can handle it all. You are not used to deal with power, that
is why you do not have it yet. But if needed, I will be there to protect you
from yourself."
Then he cursed
silently. Though there was no chance anybody could have heard him there was
another promise he had made. He would not be held responsible for the woman's
acts after she had received all that power from that arch sorcerer. He would
live his own life, the way he wanted it. Anybody who had tried to stop him in
this had died by his sword. If the woman tried to gain power over him he would
be forced to stop her. Though he had respect for women he knew that in turn
they had to respect him.
Gaining respect was
all he lived for, he realised.
He started
concentrating to call upon his powers, and then he started to glow a faint
blue. Slowly he rose off the ground and he stopped when he hung four foot
above the ground. Then he slowly clasped his hands together and started
raising them. The energetic wisps of blue light around his body started
to flow to his hands and there it was held converged and when he slowly opened
his fingers it shot in a straight bolt from his palms. With a roar he let go
of the energy and watched in satisfaction as it shattered a large boulder a
good hundred feet away from him. Some splinters came at him but with the
utmost precision he caught them between his fingers and then he dropped them
nonchalantly.
"I still have
it." he said with a smile and sat down again to meditate, slowly rising
off the ground again.
"So if I
understand everything well you seriously expect me to kill Miroan? You have to
be out of your mind! Miroan is one the greatest sorcerers ever and I think
that even with my greatest powers I do not have as much as a good chance to
get at him, let alone kill him."
"I am sure you
will work out something. You have worked for us before and so far you have
never disappointed us. You would not want us to lose trust in you, do
you?" the prime minister spoke.
"Of course
not, but I cannot guarantee you success on this particular mission since the
enemy is powerful. This is not like any other job you have given me."
The sorcerer looked
at the gathered politicians and they all looked troubled now.
"But I am sure
you can work out something. When a straight duel is not enough you have more
cunning tricks. If you could catch him off-balance it should be possible to
eliminate him, thus helping the Nasty One."
"It is sure
easy to talk, but I will take this job. I will do my best, for my own purposes
that is. Though this time I cannot guarantee you success I will assure you I
will do everything I can and more."
"Then go with
our best wishes of luck."
The sorcerer left
with some information sheets and before one minister could remark that he had
left the door open the door closed due to a small spell.
"He may say he
is not powerful but he still sure likes to show off." the prime minister
said with a slight smile.
"But he seems
to be incapable of completing this mission, then why do you risk two thousand
goldweights?" a councillor asked.
"I risk it
only partially. I paid half in advance. And if he dies it will be easy to
reclaim the amount. So we pay only if he succeeds and if you will look at
your notes of yesterday we agreed to pay him if he succeeds."
"Still I
demand that we pay only for the gaining of the Nasty One's support. If that
man defeats that Miroan he will gain the Nasty One's support but does that
mean that he will support us as well?"
"We have
reason to believe that that will be the case. After all, right now the
sorcerer is but a pawn of ours. We pay him to do what we want and because we
want the Nasty One that is what we get through the money we paid the
sorcerer."
"I wish to
believe that, prime minister. But sure I am still not."
"That will all
come in time, dear councillor. I am sure the council will fully agree with me
when our ultimate mission is accomplished, when we take back the
Assembly."
"I hope he
will come with some sound results soon. We need this man, and we always get
what we want!"
"Another
strange man entered town today, milord. He looks like a sorcerer. He entered a
little past noon."
"Who is this
man? A sorcerer? What business does he have in this town?"
"He claimed he
is looking for work and he would meet somebody here who would help him."
"A sorcerer
looking for work? This is a weak excuse. That he might have an appointment
here could be true. Where has he gone?"
"As far as I
know he has gone to the Goblins Inn and we have not seen him come out. Yet it
is known that people of his kind cloak themselves when they want to go places
where they do not want to be seen."
"So he is
either there or he has gone to a secret meeting place? Could that mean he has
gone to the politicians?"
"It is well
possible, milord."
"They are
going too far. You are dismissed, we will discuss things from here."
The guard clicked
his heels and left.
"This is
serious." a knight spoke everybody's thoughts.
"They have
hired a sorcerer to battle the Nasty One. Though it would not surprise me if
he could actually kill the man we also have to beware for the people he is
with. The woman seems to be a sorceress, too though I do not know who is more
powerful. And the locksmith is in danger."
"The
locksmith, of course. The sorcerer may be a threat to Jon Man. He may have
devious plans, to use Jon as a sort of hostage for the Nasty One. He will
command the Nasty One to overthrow our Assembly so that the politicians can
return. We must act at once."
"And
how?"
"By hiring
another, more powerful sorcerer of course!"
"Hiring
another sorcerer? Are you out of your mind, Lord Reighward?"
Every knight in the
Assembly looked up as there was only one knight who could speak to their
king-knight in such a manner: the old one, the one who had known the
king-knight ever since he was a young squire.
"Then, Sir
Derghart, do you have another solution?"
"We must find
a way to keep the locksmith from harm some other way. I request that you allow
me to work on another, less disgracing plan."
"Which
is?"
"Try to get
the Nasty One on our side the old-fashioned way: by means of friendship."
"You can't
possibly ask of me to beg the man for mercy." the king-knight spat.
"Of course
not. But there happens to be one in our order who has spoken to the Nasty One
in a normal way, a man who seems to understand his kind pretty well. Though he
is not a knight of the Assembly but an officer in our Guard order, he is an
experienced veteran who just might have a chance to win the genuine trust of
the Nasty One. The man is straight and honest, an ideal and loyal
knight."
"You must be
talking about Sir Michael. I understand this man has some experience with the
Nasty One as he is the one who delivered his message here. But is that reason
enough to send him on a mission to accompany one as dangerous as the Nasty
One?"
"As a matter
of fact, Sir Michael has volunteered if a matter with the Nasty One would
occur. He is willing to talk to the man."
"I want a vote
on this matter as well as of the matter I proposed. If all voted for, both
actions will take place as we can't be too careful with all our very lives at
stake. My plan is safe and simple, it will only cost us money. But I say we
spend the money on it that we made with the trade yesterday with the
knight-town of Houden, with the arms of Binor's gang. After all, these weapons
we made because of the Nasty One and it is more than fair we spend it on
something that involves him." the king-knight spoke.
"My plan is
more peaceful even though there is a chance it may fail. But if we fail
nothing serious will happen from it. We have nothing to lose here, and Sir
Michael is judicious enough not to let matters run out of hand. Of course he
can be trusted better than any sorcerer and he will report on a regular
basis." Sir Derghart added.
"I think this
is great. One plan can fill up the hiatuses in the other one, they can back
each other up." the youngest knight spoke.
"Indeed, Sir
Benjamin. You prove you are indeed, as your father said, worthy of being the
junior member of the Assembly not only because of your name."
"So, first we
vote on the plan of hiring the sorcerer as was proposed by yours truly. All
for the aye."
"Aye!" it
sounded almost unanimously.
"Accepted. Now
for the plan of assigning Sir Michael to accompany the Nasty one as was
proposed by Sir Derghart."
"Aye!" it
sounded again, though not as loud as the last time. "Accepted. Sir
Derghart, you are hereby assigned to the completion of your plan. Instruct Sir
Michael and see to it he is fully prepared for his task. Sir Ninthan will be
instructed to follow the sorcerer in town whenever possible. He will also
have to find out more about this man. We need to know everything concerning
his powers. Then it is the task of Sir Benjamin's to find a good sorcerer who
is worthy of being hired by the knighthood, one who is more powerful than the
one in town." the king-knight spoke.
"Sir Michael
is off-duty now, we gave him off yesterday. If you dismiss me I will see him
at once."
"Should you
not call for him?"
"Nay, I will
see him in private." Sir Derghart said.
"As you wish.
Do not disregard the danger of being espied."
"I will.
Milord, gentlemen, I salute you."
"In the name
of the knighthood." the others saluted back.
The old knight went
out and received his cloak from a servant.
He walked outside
and cursed the heavy rainfall.
"Normally he
would be found in the Goblins Inn." he muttered to himself and turned
left.
He found the knight
indeed in the pub and he approached him casually. As it was crowded in the pub
and not very unusual that a knight from the Assembly visited the only decent
inn in town he did not attract too much attention.
He slowly sat down
next to the guard, who was sitting alone quietly sipping on his whisky.
"Sir Michael,
how do you do?"
"Not too well,
I am a bit concerned with what the Nasty One told me to tell you and the rest
of the Assembly. He is in severe trouble, with that Jon Man guy and all. If
there was some way I could help him..."
"You can, Sir
Michael." Sir Derghart, happy that the guard was in the mood to help
already, said.
"How
then?"
"It is the
entire knighthood who wants to help the Nasty One with this matter that
concerns us all. After all, when the locksmith is threatened the whole town
is. We happen to know the Nasty One cannot protect the locksmith all of the
time, as he goes out at night, alone. We do not know what he is doing when he
is out of town but the night shift noticed some explosions in the area where
he was supposed to be. But he re-entered town unharmed nonetheless. We need
somebody to stay with the locksmith and as you volunteered to spend time with
the Nasty One you are the right person for this job."
"I will be
happy to do so, Sir. Shall I go to them first thing in the morning?"
"More than
fine with me. Be sure to be fit. And be humble and respectful against the
Nasty One, he is not the trusting type of man and certainly not one to mess
with."
"Certainly
not, Sir. I was as far as that."
"Do you think
you can handle it?"
"I cannot
assure you of my success, Sir. But be sure I will give it my best shot."
The knight nodded
and left after finishing his beer.
9
"That what we
have expected all along will soon happen. A knight is approaching this
apartment. I recognise him as the one who took my statement. I will dig into
his mind and then we will know what he is up to and why he has been sent
here."
The Nasty One was
sitting cross-legged in the air, two feet above the ground, his eyes staring
into nothingness. Both Jon and Griwalda looked at the spectacle and wondered
what the Nasty One was doing and how he could find out what the knight was up
to. Suddenly Griwalda remembered something.
"So you were
in my dreams on purpose! You questioned me in my own mind! You intruded into
my brain. How could you?"
The Nasty One did
hear her but never showed he did.
"The knight
will come here with a proposal to help us with the sorcerer. Though it is the
Royal One who sent him, or one of his associates, he comes here voluntarily.
He seems to feel a certain degree of understanding, for he is a knight with
over thirty years of duty and adventure in the knighthood. He is not
idealistic and not selfish, unlike some other ones who call themselves a
knight. He is a man of this world and he seems to take this matter at heart
genuinely. We have nothing to fear from him nor does he have any particular
plans of delivering us into the hands of that Royal One, even though the ones
who sent him wish him to do so."
"So this is a
man who can be trusted by the two of us." the locksmith said.
"Probably. So
far I cannot detect any dark sides to this man. But it is possible that he
hides secrets for the moment. Nobody can hold things secret for me forever,
not if I want to find out."
"Wow, I wish I
could have had those powers of yours." Jon said with a slight smile. He
would have known exactly what to find out and whose minds to intrude.
"He will
arrive within two minutes."
Then the Nasty One
opened his eyes.
"Will we
accept this man in our company? It is growing quickly now."
"Four is
indeed becoming a large group. What good is the knight anyway?"
"Maybe we
should first hear his story." Griwalda supposed.
"I do not need
his story, I just read his mind."
"I am talking
about personality. The man looked friendly and calm to me when he took your
statement the other day. And of course he can be useful to us with some
first-hand information about every move the knighthood makes."
"If I would
need to know their plans I would intrude into the Royal One's mind." the
Nasty One shrugged.
"And that one
all the reports from the spies on the politicians."
"The
politicians will undoubtedly try to approach the Red One again soon. And in
case you forgot, I do not care about politics."
"The knight
can be handy. Allow him."
"Fair
enough."
To his surprise,
the door was open when the knight saw the Nasty One's apartment.
"So you have
means to detect me and to know where I am going." he said with a smile,
stroking his long grey moustaches. "That is easy. You were here the
other day, and now you walk in our direction. It is easy to find out your
intentions."
"Then what are
my intentions?"
"You are sent
here by the Royal One and his men, to join us. To help us deal with the
sorcerer, as well as to find out more about us. But you do this out of
personal interest and some kind of affection and curiosity. We know you are
not intending to make abuse of my powers and you are not coming here to
deliver me to the Royal One. You understand full well that I cannot and will
not be shoved into a position of the Royal One's pawn. I cannot be hired and
will not be used for any goals I do not pick myself, and you understand
this."
The knight was
stunned. "How come you know more about me than I know about you?"
"I have my own
ways to find out everything I want to know."
"Your powers
are amazing. Let me first introduce myself. I am Sir Michael Capston of the
3rd Guard Order, thirty years of duty in the knighthood I have lived through,
I am sixty-two years of age. I am born and bred in this town and I have helped
to defend it for the major part of my life."
"I thought as
much. I am Griwalda Donthiac, sorceress. This is Jon Man, locksmith."
"I know mister
Man, he has fixed the locks in our dungeons." "Of course, I have
met you before. I remember you. You were the one who guided all the convicts
in and out while I was working on the locks."
"Indeed, that
was me."
"Well then,
what are your plans here?"
"There is
little we can do. This sorcerer is coming to this town and I will finish him
off. I do not know when he will come but I can sense he is on his way."
"I happen to
have heard a rumour that one sorcerer has actually entered this town last
night. He went to the Goblins Inn and then he retreated to his room and was
not seen again. It is possible he has gone somewhere. He said he was coming to
look for work, and we fear he is hired by the politicians, possibly to
undertake some kind of action against you."
"What would
those politicians want to do against me? It is still possible that that
sorcerer is the one we are looking for."
"Do you know
what that sorcerer looks like?"
"He has short,
greying hair, it seems it has been dark. He is built in a sloppy way, with a
big belly and bad teeth. He has light grey eyes and a bit of a whining
voice."
"Desiderius!"
Griwalda suddenly yelled.
"Who is
that?" the knight asked.
"He is another
sorcerer indeed, one I happen to know. He has been after me for a long time.
As a woman, that is."
"A sorcerer
who is in love with you, is that what you mean?"
"I do not know
if he still harbours feelings for me, it is a few years ago that we last met,
in my town."
"This sheds a
new light on the case. It is possible that the man is coming for the Red One
instead of me. And he needn't be hired by the politicians if he indeed wants
to undertake action against my person. He could also see me as a threat for
her heart." the Nasty One said with a sneer.
"Possible. Or
maybe he is hired and didn't know by then that I was here, too. There are a
lot of possibilities here and we will have to find out what he is up to before
he interferes with our own matters. I must go to that inn and talk to him.
It is important that one like Desiderius does not interfere here."
"I can have
him arrested and locked up for a time."
"That would
backfire. Desiderius is a crazed person, if you would lock him up for a while
he would attack you with his spells as soon as he got out, when you lock him
up in a way that he also cannot work his powers. No, that is not a good
idea."
"It is never a
good idea for people of the sword to fight people of the spells." the
Nasty One added.
"I will first
go to that inn and talk to him. If that has any result I will tell you.
Meanwhile I will keep my eyes open for eventual clues."
"Right. You
go, I must go out."
"For your
practice again?"
"Something
like that. You two stay here." the Nasty One instructed. He took a large
bag and walked out. The knight and the locksmith sat down and watched as the
other two left. The knight suddenly noticed that the steps of the man were so
silent he could hardly hear them.
The Nasty One was
back in the woods where he opened his bag. From it he took a large bagpipe and
put one of the pipes to his mouth. He started playing a sad, melancholic tune
that lasted for minutes. The sound made the animals quiet at once, as they
stopped dead in their movements hearing the serene music coming from the
bagpipe.
People from far
around heard the tune penetrating their minds and they halted a moment to
listen. Even the king-knight rushed from his audience room to go to the most
upper tower, to see where the music was coming from. And he was surprised to
see the musician standing alone in the woods instead of in the middle of the
crowded marketplace where normal performers usually played to earn their
money. And he was shocked when he recognised the tall man who was playing on
that instrument people in these parts had never heard of. "He may be an
awesome predator and a formidable fighter, he is also a music genius."
the king-knight said in admiration, standing still to listen to the music.
And on the marketplace, the other musicians suddenly silenced and listened to
the strange sounds coming from a far place.
In the Nasty One's
apartment the twosome also sat still and listened.
"What kind of
music is this? I have never heard this kind of music before." the
locksmith said.
"It is indeed
a strange instrument. And how come we hear it all so clear? In its own way it
sounds distant." the knight said, closing his eyes to concentrate.
"I have a
strange feeling I know who is playing this."
"I feel it,
too. The Nasty One. Why is he playing music now? He sure doesn't need the
money, so he won't be on the marketplace."
"The sound
comes from the other side. It comes from there."
"He usually
goes to the woods for his evening practice. He might be there. But then how
could we hear it so loud and clear?"
"I don't know.
This man has so many unknown powers that I dare not say anything about
him." the knight whispered.
The Nasty One did
not play to entertain people. Nor did he play because he loved music so much.
The ancient bagpipe's music brought himself into a trance to reach the utmost
concentration. Right now he was so deeply concentrated that people all
around him could sense the concentration and get into a small trance
themselves. This way he temporarily cleared his mind from all the unimportant
matters he had heard the past few days. He often played on the mystical
instrument to keep his soul purged, one requirement of one of his kind. The
melody was nothing special, he had given the sound a melody to get into the
trance and over the years he had learned to use a melody that worked so well
he could call upon his heaviest powers in mere seconds and he knew he would be
able to do this for a time. While he played, he closed his eyes automatically
to deepen his concentration for the first part, knowing the rest would come by
itself. Then he slowly rose a few inches off the ground and hung suspended in
the air while his hands were partially hidden in the folds of the bagpipe,
playing on in his own unconsciousness.
He had now reached
the summit of his concentration, he felt, and he knew that his mind was no
longer occupied by petty subjects like sorcerers, red-haired women and other
people who wanted to be around him for various reasons.
He saw the short
locksmith as a man who was curious but reckless. He would certainly need him
to keep him out of trouble, also after this matter with the ring had been
resolved. But apart from that the locksmith, who vaguely reminded him of other
companions he had travelled with, felt a certain affection for the Nasty One.
He did not understand a thing about the man but he was interested in him as a
friend.
The red-haired
woman was of course an entirely different case. What she felt for the Nasty
One was more than mere love or friendship, she felt some kind of
responsibility. She wanted to take care of his personal side, learn him some
things about the life of what he saw as weaklings. She wanted to learn him how
to deal with companions, partners. More than brothers in arms, friends who
would do everything to help you. And she wanted him to become one like that
himself. What use would it be for him, to become one with others? What good
would it do? What would his personal interest be? He understood that that was
not one of the things sought when talking about friendship and love. Sacrifice
and help for the other one, it would mean. He knew that as many had sought his
friendship before only to achieve their very own goals; goals they could only
achieve when the Nasty One was there with his powers. It had been the very
same thing with the Short One but that had changed. And now there was this old
knight, a man of honour and understanding through experience. Almost twice
the Nasty One's age, the knight could understand the temper of the youth and
he did something to calm down the Nasty One; it had been the knight's very
presence that had urged the Nasty One to go and play the bagpipe. He had to do
something to clear his mind, as the presence of that calm knight had disturbed
something inside him. But now he was clear again, and ready to face the events
as they would
happen.
After a long time
of playing he finally took the bagpipe out of his mouth and he carefully put
it back in his bag. Then he looked up and opened his mouth.
"As my
teacher, the Old One, who has taught me what he knew
Invested all his
very own life energy in me
Spent his last
years just for my sake
Died an unnatural
death at my hands
I know that the
power is mine
The power to live
life the way I want
To live by the
sword
Not to die by the
sword
To do what pleases
myself
Not to work for
others
To work for goals
worthy of my time and strength
I know the power is
achieved by everything I did
And I did it all
myself
There is nobody to
claim me as his now
I am my own master,
and good at my job
The sky is the
limit, no restrictions are here
As I am a master of
Body Life magic
One who controls
the power from deep within
One who can do
things other people can only dream about
By the pure and
total control of the very own body
With no other
component than the own body energy
Draining and
restoring the very own life energy
From a body as fit
as can be
Clear from the
spoils of life
Strengthened by
concentration and physical training
I am one with
myself
More than any
normal human being in this world
More than the most
intelligent animal ever seen
More than the
universe itself
As I pledge my
duties to myself only
Myself is the only
person I need to care about
As the ancients
require of us I will do
My life is mine to
stay
Life is to be lived
the way I want it
As is vowed by the
masters of Body Life magic."
Having finished his
oath, he sighed and dropped down to the grass to feel the aura of the earth,
to sense the inner powers of the planet that had created him.
10
"I don't know
what is going on, but I feel totally relaxed while I am on my way to a creepy
sorcerer who has come here with dubious intentions. Well, maybe being away
from the others brought back the freedom my mind needs."
Griwalda could not
know that it was a mere side effect of the Nasty One's music as it soothed not
only his own person but also that of everybody who heard it. This way, the
entire town was now at ease, and people walked the streets and even the
crowded marketplace with unknown nonchalance. Even the king-knight was
temporarily relieved of all his worries.
"Would you
play by the rules, Nasty One, you could have played for me." he sighed.
Now he suddenly saw the beauty of nature as he had never really looked at it
closely. The forest, which seemed to be built around one giant oak, was green
and healthy, it seemed to breathe like a young fit man to the one who
claimed control of this town. He even bothered to take his spyglass to examine
the trees closely and he felt delight as he saw a small squirrel darting in
the giant oak.
"Oak, sign of
power." the king-knight whispered.
And that brought
him back to his senses immediately. Gone was the eye of a ranger, gone the
attention for the beauty of the forest. Now he saw himself in the highest
position in this town, the oak being his equal in the mass of trees that would
hinder an eventual army from forming broad and proper lines would they choose
to venture a siege on the town.
"I guess if a
whole army came for the Nasty One, he would fight them still. This man does
not seem to be afraid of anything. I have heard the reports about Binor's
gang. The bodies were spread in a way that he had leapt right in the middle of
them, twenty-one armed men. I sure hope that Sir Derghart's plan works,
because if we really want to get rid of the politicians and their devious
schemes we need this man badly."
"You mean you
went away just to play the bagpipe? Pardon me for not understanding." Sir
Michael said.
"This is more
than just music, this is the purging of the mind. I cannot explain the ways to
you, but I need this as a sort of ritual to keep myself together."
"Is there any
magic involved in this?"
"It's a dead
ordinary bagpipe, if that's what you mean. But the trick is the melody, it is
like enchanting. One can feel total relaxation when playing, some might even
feel it by merely listening."
"Now that you
say it, I feel a bit more at ease. But then how come that we all hear it so
clear?"
"The music was
not that loud, but it is a very distinct sound and when people hear it, with
this melody, they sort of automatically listen to it, hooked so to say. And
then, when they find the concentration they are normally never able to find,
they all hear it loud and clear. You understand that you can hear better if
you listen carefully and concentrate on listening. When you are distracted you
won't hear things so well. That's just normal. But this melody is to
strengthen the concentration and this way you end up in a circle. You
concentrate to listen, then the sound enhances your concentration. So you hear
it even better. And by hearing it better the melody works even better and
deepens your concentration even more. See what I mean?"
"I see. So it
is no real sorcery, it is magic from the body itself." the knight said.
"Aye. One
reason why my powers are called the Body Life magic."
"What powers?
I have heard you have certain powers but I fail to see what these powers are
made of. What is this Body Life magic you are talking about?"
Again the Nasty One
started explaining, revealing a little bit of his powers to the interested
knight.
Then the Nasty One
looked up. "Are you asking this so that you can report this to the Royal
One?"
"The
king-knight you mean? Well, if you allow me..."
"It is not
important. I mean the Royal One no harm as long as he means me no harm. He
does not need to fear me, he just needs to respect me."
"I have
noticed respect is your main goal. Well, I have heard how you have slaughtered
the outlaws just outside this town and I certainly respect you for that. It
cost us some men when we tried that."
"They were
surprised, and then it is quite easy to finish them off."
"But
twenty-one of them... you must have some speed."
"Indeed I
have."
"A little
demonstration perhaps?"
"You see those
three daggers you have on your belt?"
"I do not need
to see them, I know where they are." the knight said, patting the hilt of
one of them.
Then he suddenly
heard a series of thuds and when he looked behind him he saw that all his
daggers had been taken from his belt and been thrown into a very small target,
forming a perfect triangle. And he spotted just a tiny bit of sweat on the
Nasty One's forehead showing that he had moved at all, as he seemed to be
sitting in his chair still. In real, he had shot out of his chair, taken the
daggers from the knight's belt and thrown them at the target and only after
that he had sat down again.
"Amazing. How
do you do this?" the knight asked.
Suddenly he heard a
whoosh and when he looked down he saw the daggers were on his belt again.
"I am
impressed." he said with a slight smile.
"It is mainly
a point of concentrating on what you are doing. You have to focus your mind on
the daggers, where they are and where you want them to end up."
"I see. You
moved practically invisible. As if a ghost were doing this. The sweat on your
forehead however betrays that you have moved."
"A small
inconvenience that can be dealt with."
"You have ways
to prevent that as well?"
"Of course, a
little bit of powder does the trick."
"Ah,of course.
Not everything has to be mystical."
Hesitantly Griwalda
entered the inn. "I am looking for the sorcerer Desiderius who is said to
reside in this inn." she told the innkeeper.
"Is his name
Desiderius? Well the man is..."
Suddenly the keep
got a towel thrown to his head from around
the corner.
"Now where is
that fire ale I ordered? Hurry up. And you should clean up the toilets, they
stink terribly. Make me lose my appetite, they do." came a raspy, whining
voice.
"It is better
to come to talk to him later, mistress. He is... quite intoxicated now and
beyond reason."
"This early?
Well, then do not tell him I have been here and I will return later."
Suddenly an ugly
face came peeking around the corner.
"Hey Griwalda,
is that you? Ah gosh indeed it is you. Come and have a seat here, and take a
drink, I'm buying. Keep, hurry up with that fire ale!"
"Desiderius,
you are a shame for your class. I cannot take you for serious when you are as
drunk as you are now."
"Never mind
how drunk I am, I am still far more powerful than you, little girl."
"I am not a
little girl, you dirty old bag of dirt! What in the name of the goddess are
you doing here?"
"Or did you
seriously want to battle Miroan alone, or even together with that
warrior?"
"You? You
could not battle a flea in this state! And I never asked you for help, then
what are you doing here? Mind your own business I say. Why did you come here
in the first place? Did anybody hire you?"
"It has been a
long time since I saw your sorcerous beauty, Griwalda. Keep, bring me another
fire ale for this pretty woman. Tankard!"
"No, I do not
drink your ordinary ale. We are not all as disgraceful as you are."
"You do not
have to bite my nose off straight away, Griwalda. You should at least show a
little bit of gratefulness for my help, as you are certainly going to need
it."
"I do not need
you! We have our own forces and that will be more than enough. You still
underestimate me, don't you? We never asked for your help, our party is
stacked enough already and while only one is really important here the
others are also of value in their own way. Please do me a favour and leave
this town at once."
"And who do
you think you are to command me, little one? I am still your superior despite
what you think. And I have got my mind set on you so whether you like it or
not, I am going to help you any way I can."
"You can do
more harm than good here, Desiderius. Last thing we need is a wino sorcerer
who is trying to destroy everything we fight for. There is only one way you
can be of use to me and that is to dissolve in smoke this very second."
"Alas, that is
something I would not do, as you will understand fully well."
"You can't go,
that's what you mean. You are not here for your own pleasure, you are hired.
By the politicians?"
"Who talks
about money when all I want is what I deserve, love and respect from a
beautiful sorceress?"
The man took a
large sip from his tankard and slammed it down solemnly.
"I am not
leaving. But I will not be in your way, if that is what you think. Try
anything you like, my little beginner. I will work out my own ways to battle
Miroan and help you and your cause. Or is it just the presence of that warrior
you are here for? Is he your lover?"
"Lover would
certainly not be the proper term, he's my partner in this mission and probably
many to come. He is a powerful man who could slay you before you would have
time to cast your easiest cantrip."
"Partner you
say eh? Well I hope that things don't go too far in this partnership, I would
hate to see a body like yours spoiled by some big brute."
"Everything
would certainly be better for my body that to be touched by an old man who
looks more like an orc than a man. Leave now, or suffer the
consequences."
"Threatening
me, little one? You certainly gained some guts. Or is it the influence of that
warrior? What have I ever done of harm to you then? Have I not taught you a
thing or two? Where would you have been without me?"
"You know that
I do not forget, Desiderius, and that counts on both accounts. I will not
forget what you have done, and you know what I am talking about."
"Ah, that
worthless piece of meat. He was a waste, not worthy of even being in the same
town as you. It served him right to be roasted."
"You will
never change, Desiderius, not if you live another hundred years. And as long
as I live I will hate everything you stand for."
With that, the
woman left the inn, her face reddening quickly until it matched the colour
of her hair.
Somehow she felt
that she was being followed, but when she looked around she could not see
anybody who followed her. Then she knew and she looked in the direction of the
apartment. "This is a hopeless case, Nasty One. Let's hope he will not
bother us too much."
She could swear she
could see the image of his face in her mind, speaking solemn words.
"He
won't."
"You have
caused quite a riot this afternoon." Jon said with a slight smile.
"The whole town knows about your discussion with that man in the Goblins
Inn."
"It is almost
impossible to deal with this man, especially when he is drunk. And he gets
drunk very quickly, he is a pure alcoholic and still he is a sorcerer. He is a
disgrace for our class but for one reason or the other he has dedicated
himself to our cause while all he can probably do is harm. He is a man who has
done many cruel things in his life, not in the least to save me for himself. A
man I loved he set ablaze to die in a pillar of flames, just to ensure that I
would be his. This does not work, of course, but great was my grief when I
found out he did it. And when I went to him he just laughed and said it was
the only thing he could do not to see me spoiled my another man not worthy of
being around me. And I wanted to give battle to him but he would not let me.
He is in some ways my superior, unfortunately, and he waved me away with
ease, doing me no serious harm."
"Sounds
dangerous." Jon said.
"He can have
no power over me. If he stands in my way..."
"He sees you
perhaps as another threat, as a man who is out to get her. And that could be a
reason for him to stand in our way." Sir Michael said.
"But I have
the key, and that is why he cannot harm me."
"He could,
perhaps, by harming Jon. You know he hurts everybody within a mile's radius.
That should also include you."
"I don't think
so. After all, the curse is bestowed upon the Short One by means of sorcery
and I am immune to sorcery. So everybody would be harmed but me, I
think."
"I have to get
this news out, you know." Jon said.
"Why
that?" the knight frowned.
"Well, you
know there are spies out everywhere, from both the knights -with all due
respect but you know there are spying knights, I trust you are not one of
them- and the politicians. They could try to get rid of the Nasty One through
me. So they all have to know that it won't work that way. I will go to the inn
and talk around."
"Very clever,
Short One." the Nasty One said with a smile.
"Maybe that
sorcerer is even hired by the politicians, as he seems to want to get involved
in this. And I do not believe he does that simply for you, as it is really for
me. So maybe the politicians think they can gain your friendship by sending
somebody to help you."
"A bit like
the knights sent him." Griwalda said with a sneer.
"Indeed, like
they sent me. With the difference that my personal interest in this is a bit
different than the sorcerer's. I really would like to be of help to you with
no second reasons from my part."
"Though there
are second reasons for the ones who sent you."
"But you
cannot possibly compare the knights to the politicians here, milady. I was
sent out to release the tension between the knights and the Nasty One a bit.
As you know, I have seen a lot in this world and I think I know a bit of how
this man works and feels. The Assembly feared for a while that the Nasty One
had come to act against them, as he certainly made a brutal entrance here. And
I think there is no need to see each other like enemies. All we are here for
is to uphold law and order in this town."
"The prime
minister said you had taken over power with much violence." Griwalda
recalled.
The knight smiled.
"Of course the former prime minister would say things like that. But you
can ask mister Jon here that we gained control of the Assembly by fair
elections. The politicians were corrupt and shut out many other towns they did
not seem to like, like the other knight-towns. We exposed their corruption
and forced them to write out elections, in which the town voted against
them. After the elections, which were supervised by ambassadors from various
neutral towns who saw to it that everything went fairly, the politicians
vetoed the outcome of the elections and wanted to maintain their position. And
that was indeed where we needed the power of the sword to drive them
out."
"Double-checking
my story are you?" Jon asked smiling.
"Just some
first-hand information, it's always more reliable. Though I would not think
you'd lie to her."
"That is true
beyond doubt. I apologise for having a wrong opinion about the knighthood, Sir
Michael."
"That's quite
all-right, lass. The truth will always be there to correct the lie."
"This talk of
politics annoys me. You know just as well as I do, Calm One, that some knights
like the Royal One can be as corrupt as any politician. You talk of the
politicians who cut off trade with the knight-towns, while the knights cut
down trade with other towns that are ruled by politicians. There are good and
bad people everywhere, even in the knighthood." the Nasty One suddenly
said.
"True enough,
I could tell you things the king-knight was thinking of to deal with you, so
to say. But there are others in the Assembly who think a bit more like myself,
like Sir Derghart, and they are always there to correct him."
"I think there
are also fair politicians, like my father. He is an honest mayor and I know he
is not corrupt. Even politicians are not all of the same mould." Griwalda
said.
"My father
used to be sub-minister of intelligence." Jon added.
"Second
spy-master, we call that." Sir Michael said.
"Or second
spy-knight, I guess." Jon retorted.
"What happened
to your father?"
"He retired
and moved to another town. What about you, Sir Michael, do you have no family
waiting for you?"
"I have two
fine sons, and they are both squires now, and they are in training at Fort
Vioris. My twin daughters are both married to known knights. My wife died in
childbirth of my daughters. I have learned to live on my own."
"As have we
all, I guess. So what we are really doing is trying to make a team out of
loners." the Nasty One snickered.
"Pretty much
so. Well, I could use the company. I have been training young guards for a few
years and though the youths are good company all they do is respect you and
your every bold move as they are too unexperienced to really speak up to
senior knights."
"I go to the
Goblins Inn now. Is there anything I should do in case I face that
Desiderius?"
"Aye. Stay out
of his way and don't try to bother his smell too much. He was already drunk
when I faced him and by now he will be dead drunk. And don't try to talk to
him."
"Understood.
Until later."
11
The enigmatic room
in which Miroan the sorcerer sat was filled with lights of all kind. Speaking
out loud in the arcane language of sorcery he focused his powers at the town
he saw in the marble-sized sphere he held in the palm of his left hand. He was
trying to detect the presence of known and unknown powers is his sight.
Then he found
something and he stared as the flights of swirling colours swam by, until
the sight became too much for him. With a shriek he let go of the sphere just
before it exploded. A hastily erected force field protected the sorcerer from
serious harm from the shreds of crystal.
With an oath he
composed himself and he sat down in a luxurious chair coated with the same
dark velvet that he used to dress in, thinking about what he had seen.
What seemed to be a
haphazard mix of moving beams of various colours told him everything he needed
to know about the town he had seen and the people behind its walls.
It had been no
surprise to him to find the presence of a pretty weak sorcerer or sorceress,
but the presence of a second one, considerably more powerful, disturbed him.
It was highly unusual that two people of the will were in the same town,
especially when talking about a town this small. Were they building a front
against him? And the third thing he had noticed was one vague dark spot where
he should have sensed the presence of a normal human being. The nonentity was
one thing the sorcerer feared above all, and he had a good idea what this
black spot meant: it was somebody who could not be detected through sorcery,
somebody who blocked out all kinds of sorcery around him. And Miroan knew damn
well what that meant: the bearer of the key was there.
He had sought to
intimidate the bearer of the key into surrendering the key of immunity to
him, but he had seen that had backfired as the bearer came with bluff of his
own, showing that he would by no means give the key voluntarily. This also
showed that the bearer was confident to say the least, while he hinted to have
some powers of his own to counteract the now worthless powers of the sorcerer.
He had not given
Miroan his name; he had merely referred to himself as the Nasty One.
And then Miroan
looked up, rose and walked to a small secretaire in the corner of the room.
From a vase he retrieved a small bronze key and he opened the middle drawer of
the secretaire after whispering the word that would break the magical lock
that was also on it. One error in the word or even the intonation would have
blown up the entire secretaire, he knew, but he made no mistakes and opened
the drawer.
Inside he found
what he had been looking for: a small metal box, also locked. He took the box
from the drawer which closed automatically and then he intoned another spell.
Now he walked carefully to the other corner of the room where he opened a big
chest. He took out a book and opened it. It was a fake book and carefully
hidden inside it was a small silver key, which only revealed itself after a
word of command had been spoken. For with the key he could open the box, after
another word of command to dispel that magic lock, and in the box was his most
precious secret possession: a small book.
He opened it
carefully and started reading what he had read before, hoping to find a hidden
clue between the lines.
"And so the
item was created that would hold the power of sorcery at bay. The key to
immunity against sorcery of the most ancient and powerful type. Naturally, it
would protect the bearer from any kind of lesser sorcery as well, as it was
created as the masterpiece of the Great Unknown, the sorcerer who abhorred
sorcery when he knew it would mean the end of his life.
"And when he
had finished the key, in a shape that is not to be told here or anywhere else,
he handed it to the master.
`Master, you have
the power to deal with normal people. Here I give you the power to deal with
sorcerers as well, as this is the key to immunity. Be sure to hand it over
only to a master like yourself, one you can trust will not abuse the powers of
the key. It is your and any other master's duty to keep this key from people
who would abuse its powers. Pledge your life to it that the key never ends up
in the hands of another sorcerer, as this would cause the world to fall into
the evil hands of one who can withstand the danger of the rivals, thus
creating an unnatural superiority that will degenerate the value of life
itself, the life where you get your powers from. When things go wrong, it is
the task of the masters to correct that wrong, as this is your function in the
universe. So behold this item, and use it to keep the balance.'
And the master took
the key and nodded his head.
`As you wish, Great
Unknown, the power is now mine and never will this key end up in the
possession of another sorcerer for I foresee the danger he would pose should
he control an item as powerful as this. I also know what I can do with this
but I pledge my life to its safety and good use. And after me, another master
will hold this key, and he will hold it committing the same vows to you as I
just did. And you know the rules of the masters: in the end there can be only
one. And that one will still hold this key, I swear. And would anything
threaten the one who holds the key, he will sooner destroy the item than to
surrender it to a sorcerer or any other person, for that matter.'
The Great Unknown
nodded and left.
"And the
master was holding the key in his hands, then put it in the position where it
would stay for the rest of his life and the lives of all the masters after
him. As we witness the lives of many, we can assure you that the key is still
in possession of a master else this book would have been destroyed like the
rest of the world by a power-hungry sorcerer."
"So they would
expect that once I have that key I would willingly destroy the world? How
naive. I would only rid the world of anybody who would not serve me or my
purposes. The rest of the world will live. And of course I would have powers
so huge that not even the gods themselves could not compete with me, and I
will rule."
"Yet here
there is this problem with that master. If the book is correct, and everything
indeed went the way it was supposed to go, then this Nasty One is a master.
But what kind of master? What powers does he have?"
He read the text
over again.
"The value of
life itself, the life where you get your powers from. What good is that? You
cannot extract powers from something dead. So what kind of life does this
master get his powers from?"
He rose and walked
to a shelf filled with books of any kind. "Then I will just check out all
the titles of a master, and see what kind of master this man is."
He took a large
arcane encyclopedia and held in it his hands.
"If he could
only reveal himself to me, he could tell me more himself before I destroyed
him. But as long as he holds the key, I cannot destroy him." he muttered
before he opened the encyclopedia and started reading.
"So what we
now have coming is quite messy, if I may say so. There is no real proof that
indeed this sorcerer is hired by the politicians but he must be considered a
nuisance anyway. And then there is that Miroan who is also a threat for us.
And if that is not enough you never know what the politicians are up to, if
Desiderius is not their man."
"You're right
Sir Michael, things are getting out of hand."
"And I really
came here because this seemed to be a quiet town, perfect for a period of
rest." the Nasty One said with a tired smile.
"It was. You
see what happens, Nasty: where you show up trouble comes along. You entered
town a few days ago and one thing leads to another." Jon said.
"I guess you
are right. But then again people are always able to find me to solve their
problems. And I have one bad habit and that is my habit of making causes
mine."
"A bit bitter
to call that a bad habit, Nasty One. It is after all doing the right
thing." Griwalda said.
"The right
thing for you, perhaps, but I am not sure if committing my life to save
others is what I want. I have vowed to live my own life the way I want to
live."
"And since you
are taking these responsibilities it can only be that you actually enjoy
taking them else you would have never taken them in the first place. And I can
see you would not be a man to break promises."
"That is
correct. No matter how many sorcerers we face, I can deal with them. I will
start with that annoying drunk in the inn, since even the Calm One considers
him a nuisance. At least I know where he is and so it should not be too hard
to get him."
"You would
just go out and kill the man?"
"He does not
really intend to buy me a drink, either."
"When he's
drunk, he's crazy enough to do that, you know."
"So now you
are defending the man?"
"I am not. But
I think just killing him would be a fell thing to do while all he offered was
helping us, though we don't need and certainly don't want his help."
"You are
making a point here, Red One. Good, then I will go to him and tell him to
leave or suffer the consequences."
"That will
only result in killing him anyway. He will start taunting you and his words
will insult you gravely. Take it from me, when he is drunk there is no
reasoning with him."
"And yet you
feel strange about me because I do not drink."
"A small booze
does not harm, Nasty One. Drinking excessively, that is something
else."
"One who does
not drink will never be tempted to drink excessively, will he?"
"Quite right.
But we are drifting off here. You know what I think? I think it is best for me
to go to the Assembly and see if they can deal with this sorcerer a more
proper way. After all, they do expect me to report to them."
"What do you
think those knights can do? He is a sorcerer and they are sometimes a bit
above the law." Jon said.
"Point. But at
least we have a chance to hear from our spies as they will certainly have more
information about this sorcerer. And maybe they have heard things about the
other one, Miroan."
"Point."
The knight rose,
putting on his armour again.
"I have taken
the liberty of sharpening your sword. It was quite dull." the Nasty One
said.
"You did? I
thought it was perfectly sharp."
The knight took out
his longsword and studied it.
"But when you
look real closely, you will see that a sword is always dull, no matter how
sharp it looks from a small distance. A big sword like that could never be as
sharp as this small knife here."
"Of course
not, that blade is much thinner."
"But now your
sword will do for a while. Have you ever been able to do this with a
sword?"
With that, the
Nasty One dropped a tomato on the edge of his own sword and when it connected
it split in half accurately without being crushed.
"How do you do
that?" the locksmith asked, amazed.
"A sharp sword
does the trick."
"And you also
did this to my sword?"
"Approximately.
The inferior quality of the steel hindered me a lot but I could make it a bit
sharper than it was."
"And I just
sharpened it last week."
"Not well
enough."
"What
sharpening stone do you use?"
"You do not
want to know. Now go to the Royal One."
The knight saluted
and left the apartment.
"Trouble is
indeed everywhere, Nasty One. First you have a rather unpleasant encounter
with the town guards when you enter the town, then the outlaws robbed me, then
a prime minister tries to bribe me and Jon, then one powerful sorcerer wants
you, then a second one comes with unknown but dangerous plans. Where is this
going to end?"
"Where it
usually ends. A massacre." he replied coldly.
"Have you ever
looked further than bloodshed?" she asked, a bit offended.
"Not many
times. It is usually the only solution."
"You can be
such a brute sometimes!"
"And maybe he
is right. But I think there must be some other way to get out of this. While
Miroan certainly must die."
"Are you also
beginning to think like him? You are in no position to kill him, the least of
us all."
"I know, but
face it: we cannot convince that Miroan to remove this curse. And if we must
believe you we cannot talk Desiderius into leaving town without any harm done.
Does this old bastard still have an eye on you despite everything?"
"He does, and
that is the horrible thing. He knows I despise everything he stands for and
yet he is fully convinced I will once surrender to his greasy arms gratefully."
"Well then,
then there seems to be no other way for him, either. I say that Nasty should
go out there and do his job, it's the best way to get it over with."
"While he has
not really done anything against us? That is outrageous. I cannot but vote
against this."
"There is some
truth in both your words. But for now I will give the Drunk One the benefit of
the doubt."
"For the time
being, I guess."
"For now, as I
said."
"There is no
need to hurry over this, Sir Michael. As a matter of fact, the sorcerer is
probably hired by the politicians and it is up to us to deal with him then.
And we have already taken steps against him. We have called the politicians'
bluff and we have hired the powers of..."
"Not another
sorcerer!" Sir Michael cried out.
"Indeed,
another sorcerer. Does that displease you, Sir Michael?"
"Displease me?
It screws up everything!" the knight shouted.
"Compose
yourself a bit, Sir Michael. You are standing before the Assembly here."
"I know where
I am, though I can sparsely believe it! We were just working out a plan to get
rid of the sorcerer and then you come with a third sorcerer, casting away all
the credibility I had gained for the knighthood. I do not know who is responsible
for this very wrong type of action but I just want to let him know he made a
major mistake here."
The Assembly
suddenly fell silent and Sir Michael could feel the tension in the room. And
he felt the cold eyes of the king-knight upon him.
"I am serious!
Call back this sorcerer, he would only make things worse! I understand how he
works, and we have means to deal
with the sorcery at hand. There is no way we could make mistakes here, as
things will go all well."
"Sir Michael,
you are overreacting. You should mind your own position and watch your
behaviour here." the king-knight said in an icy tone.
"My behaviour
is not very important, my lordship. It is the behaviour of the Assembly that
should be watched. The Nasty One has the power to destroy us all while he is
not a bad lad. Would the Assembly attack him or hinder him in his own actions
he could see that wrong and end up on the other side of the street, and that
is the last thing you want. You sent me to get the Nasty One on our side and
with actions like these you will only have him on the opposite side!"
"Easy, Sir
Michael." Sir Derghart now said.
"I have told
my lordship about this possibility and still he agreed to this and with him a
majority, no matter how small or big, of the Assembly."
"But then I
was not in action yet, and I know more about the Nasty One than all of you
together. I strongly advise against this as I would not want to witness the
consequences."
"Is this a
threat, Sir Michael?" the king-knight demanded, anger filling his throat.
"Of course
this is no threat, my lordship. I wish you and everybody in the knighthood no
harm, as the gods are my witnesses. I only tell you that I know more about
this man and I know the threat he can pose even if he would not pose it. If
you force him to, he will act against you and I cannot allow to see this lest
I have done everything to prevent this. For thirty long years I have served in
the knighthood and I know when things go dire. If you do not withdraw the
sorcerer, I think there is going to be a pandemonium of the likes we have
never seen before in this small town. Because now two sorcerers are already
against us, though one is trying to help us as well. One small sorceress is on
our side and with a fourth one I think it will be more than we can possibly
handle. You would not want to make this a fine resort for sorcerers, would
you?"
"I still say
we banish the Nasty One." an austere knight said.
"Then go to
him and tell him you banish him. I can tell you what will happen, and so can
we probably all. The Nasty One is here and we have to deal with this, one way
or the other. Sir Derghart has instructed me to spend time with this man and
spend time with this man I shall. I have learned more about his ways. He has
power nobody has ever seen the likes of. And who wants to stay out of trouble
better does as he pleases."
"We will not
be oppressed by this man!"
"The Nasty One
is not an oppressor. He just wishes to be left to his own devices. I am sure
he will see the sorcerer as an insult."
"Tell me more
about these powers then."
"He calls
himself a master of Body Life magic. The master of a certain kind of magic
that all comes from the inner self. By deep concentration he is able to move
faster than any normal mortal. I asked him for a small demonstration when we
were both sitting in chairs, some two yards between us. I had not finished
my sentence when the three daggers I wore on my belt were in a target behind
me, lined up perfectly."
"Which means?
Sorcery moved them from your belt?"
"Nay, no way
of sorcery. He has, as a matter of fact, moved out of his chair, taken the
daggers from my belt and thrown them at this target so fast I could not follow
his moves and all I saw was himself sitting in his chair, the sweat on his
forehead the only witness that he had moved at all."
The knights seemed
to be impressed.
"Then there is
of course the matter with the bagpipe. He seems to play just for his own sake
but with it he sort of enthrals a crowd I dare not guess the size of."
"We all heard
the mystic tune he played. And indeed it is most amazing. Yet I have never
heard of anything called Body Life magic, and I will have to study on
this."
"It seems
there is little that has been written about this, as this kind of people seems
to be very equivocal about themselves and their skills."
"We will take
this into consideration, as we will take your request of cancelling the
services of the sorcerer. You are dismissed."
The knight saluted
again and turned around.
The king-knight
looked at the leaving knight intensely.
"He comes
quite quickly with his judgment of the situation. Do you think he might be a
bit too eager?"
"It is
thinkable that he has actually befriended the Nasty One or the other way
around. He would not want him to come to harm."
"While the
best way to deal with this man is to have him eliminated. If the sorcerer we
hired fails in killing that Miroan he can be of use to us: he can kill the
Nasty One."
"We have not
decided about anything concerning this." Sir Derghart warned."I
would not have this man's blood shed after we have tried to help him. It would
make us hypocrites of the worst kind. Aye, even worse than the
politicians."
"Sir
Derghart!" the king-knight said in a warning voice.
"I know what I
say, and I mean it. We must decide whether we want to help this man or to
eliminate him. We cannot first do one thing, then the other. It would make the
people revolt, and that is not what we want. We do not want early elections
bestowed upon us when the politicians can make it public that we killed the
Nasty One. And when we fail he will kill us all like he killed five guards and
twenty-two outlaws just outside the town."
"Sir Derghart,
you seem to have forgotten that we are talking about a criminal here, as he
has indeed killed five town guards. When we kill him, we can say that we have
brought a criminal to justice."
"Bring him to
justice after publicly allowing him to hire one of our apartments, for which
he paid for a few months as the whole town knows? That's ridiculous."
"There is some
truth in your words, Sir Derghart. But we have to admit that we have been
forced into that position because we could not get a grip on this man. And now
we can there is nothing or nobody to stop us."
"Sir
Michael."
"If Sir
Michael disobeys our orders he will be cast out of the knighthood, is that
clear?"
"It would be
very unwise to cast out one who has served us for thirty years."a knight
said.
"Will
everybody stop!" Sir Derghart shouted, grabbing the king-knight's hammer
and slamming it on the table. "We started with an update on Sir Michael's
mission, we have learned more about the Nasty One's powers and the man is
doing his job very well just as I expected. The man has even given him a
demonstration of his powers and he has even revealed the source. While we have
also heard more about our own plans, how one who knows the man thinks they are
unwise. But are we talking about this? Listen to yourselves, we are
discussing whether we would cast out a man who has been in the knighthood
longer than most of you! Outrageous!"
Slowly, silence
fell upon the Assembly, as the knights were thinking it all over.
"Desiderius
the sorcerer is doing an excellent job."
"How can you
say that, prime minister? He is messing up in the worst way possible! He has
revealed himself, he has transgressed all the rules and he even got himself
dead drunk in the Goblins Inn tonight! On top of that, he met the red-haired
sorceress who knows who he is, as we knew. They have had a conflict when the
man was intoxicated. The whole town knows about the discussion they have had!
It is a surprise to me that the Nasty One has not come yet to the inn to kill
the sorcerer! Then what are you talking about him doing an excellent
job?"
"May I hand
you a copy of our spies in the Assembly? He has caused a fray inside there,
and the knights were planning to hire a sorcerer to fight Desiderius. But then
the knight who infiltrated in the Nasty One's company came and caused a major
riot when he heard this. He insulted the entire Assembly and especially the
king-knight, who was very angry to say the least. And when he left a
discussion began so hot and loud the likes of which they have never heard
inside and outside the Assembly. The guards of the great gates downstairs
could hear them shout all the way through the night."
"Still I wish
to issue a debate over the usefulness of the one we paid two thousand
goldweights. It is nice to hear that his presence caused a riot in the
Assembly but that is not what he was hired for. We will cause the riots there
until we are back in our own seats. Meanwhile all Desiderius has done himself
is: blowing his cover, drinking in excess, making a complete fool out of
himself and not doing one thing he is supposed to do. We demand that the prime
minister himself will go to have a talk with this man - preferably when he is
sober."
"I disagree
here." the prime minister said.
"The man has
just arrived and is probably preparing for whatever needs to be done. And if
he wants to be drunk while doing that, so be it as he has probably never been
different and still we have his reputation as a powerful sorcerer. It is very
well possible that he can work best when under the influence of alcohol. Then
so be it, I repeat, and let him work on in order to prove himself."
"I seriously
doubt he will prove himself, prime minister. I say we give him two more days
before he release him of his duty, of course with the return of our
money."
"Two days is
what he will get, starting tomorrow. You are absolutely right that we must see
more from him than his ability to drink a lot of fire ale. I will notify
him."
minister Renain
said.
"Unless
anybody else present here would wish to speak his mind on this issue, we agree
with the proposal of minister Renain." the prime minister said, and when
no hands were raised, he banged his hammer on the table.
12
"It is totally
crazy. It is chaos they will create."
The knight was
still shaking his head about the events that had transpired the other day.
"We have then
four sorcerers to deal with, one of which is on our side. Unfortunately, she
is also the least powerful. And all she may hope is to reap from the spoils.
So we have one man who wants me, one man who wants the other and is sent by
the politicians, and a third one who also wants the first one but who is sent
by the knights to counteract the move from the politicians."
"It all makes
no sense, Nasty One. Why do they want to intervene? Why do they not sit back
while we handle our matters?" the woman asked, her hands pointing at the
sky as if to blame the gods for it.
"While I
handle your matters, you mean. Well, it all came down to saving the Short One
and with him the rest of this town including the two of you, the Royal One and
all those politicians. Perhaps they will not take any chance, after all I have
done they do not believe in my powers. They think a sorcerer can only be
defeated by another, more powerful one."
"But isn't it
true that one master of Body Life magic can only be defeated by another, more
powerful one?"
"Would this be
true, things would be entirely different. Sometimes it has occurred that a
sorcerer killed a master or a Dark Body. I happen to be the one who holds the
key, so this ill fate cannot befall me."
"I can imagine
people would want a sorcerer to take care of a man of your like." the
knight said cautiously.
"And our
number never increases. In the end, there can be only one."
"I heard as
much. So what you are trying to say is that your class is threatened by
extinction?"
"Indeed it is,
by inner fights as well as alien interventions like from sorcerers. Though
we have our own natural resistance against sorcery of the will, because of our
pure minds and strong physiques, we are not resistant against sorcery of the
energy, as this energy counters our own. The total number of present masters
and Dark Bodies is unknown but it could be finished at any time."
"Would it not
be better then if this final fight ritual was cancelled, just to guarantee
the continuation of all that knowledge?" Griwalda asked.
"Probably. But
it would be against the rules as it is a bit more than a mere ritual. It is
choosing the right to live your own life the way you want it."
"I know, but
could the teacher and pupil not just split? Then the teacher would not be in
his way again."
"He would
always be present in mind, though. While his mind would always be with the
pupil."
"The ways are
mystic and unknown to us. Still I remember the stories about the race of
powerful giants. They fought each other for the ultimate power, and in the end
they were all dead."
"It is a
common story. Same will happen to the human race. They always fight, and they
kill faster than they breed."
"I agree, but
there will be humans long after the last master has died."
"No!" the
Nasty One suddenly yelled, obviously unnerved.
"The Ultimate
One will receive the highest reward in order to rebuild a class of masters, to
see to it that the class will not die down. It seems to have happened before,
and I am sure it will happen again. The Ultimate One still lives, and he will
until he is alone with one more. Then those will clash and the Ultimate One
will take his seat, no matter if it is the old or the new Ultimate One."
"You mean you
have a sort of god as a leader?" Jon asked, puzzled.
"Not a god, he
is. The last survivor would be a term some more appropriate. He is granted
life by those who control the universe, his task being to create more like
himself. But as time stands not still new powers are being discovered every
now and then and the Ultimate One has to stay up to date while there is a
chance his old-fashioned ways might not be enough."
"So you say
that every master who lives today would have a fair chance to defeat this
Ultimate One?"
"Maybe, yet
the Ultimate One cannot be found nor will he step forward for battle unless he
knows he is facing the sole survivor of the world."
"The only
master left, I take it you mean."
The Nasty One
nodded shortly.
"And then the
Ultimate One must learn others the ways while he has a right to live through
it?"
"Exactly. A
burden few wish to live through. Apart from being immortal and withdrawn from
life."
"Then how does
he spend his days?"
"Don't ask me,
only the Ultimate One can answer that question and never has one cared to
tell his successor."
"How many
times has a battle between the old Ultimate One and a new candidate
occurred?"
"Only twice,
says the legend. But it is well over a thousand years ago that it last
happened."
"So there is a
chance it might happen soon again."
"This is all
speculation as there is no telling how many new pupils the Ultimate One has
created. We have more important things on our minds,like the present." he
said.
"Do you never
dream of becoming the Ultimate One?"
"No. I think
it would be a nightmare."
"I still don't
understand the way you think, but then again I will never understand lest I
learn your ways. And since you
don't take pupils, I think I will never understand."
"You will not,
I agree."
"Is that why
you once said that there is always somebody who is better at something?"
"Did I tell
you that? Well, it is a fact."
"So some
people might actually be hunting down other masters."
"There might
be hunters, indeed. But I don't think so because we all know that there is
always somebody who is better. And hunting is seeking your own doom."
"True enough.
As you said, we have other things on our minds. But what can we do? All we can
do for now is to find one sorcerer, ignore the second one and hope the third
one will not show up."
"There is an
easy way to dispose of the second one but you will not agree with this."
the Nasty One shrugged.
"As for the
first one, he will show up soon enough."
"Will your
words in the Assembly not affect your position here?" Jon asked the
knight.
"I don't care
much, since I told it as it is and they all know that is the truth. If they
will undertake action against me they must know deep down inside that they are
doing the wrong thing while the code of the knighthood hinders the procedures
to terminate my membership of the knighthood because I am on a mission."
"Your code
works strange, but then again people like to talk about everything, and
knights are in real not much more than politicians carrying a sword."
"That holds
true for some, but not for all of us. We are not all of the same mould, mind
you."
"I must go
out, you three stay here."
With that, the
Nasty One stomped away.
"But
seriously, we expect you to do a better job. You have to gather your powers
and seek out this Miroan and kill him. This is why you are hired, not for
harassing the woman and drinking yourself under the table. If you are not
capable of doing what we pay you for we will withdraw your payment. Understand
that?"
The sorcerer
laughed an ugly laugh.
"You fools are
not capable of refusing me the payment I have a right to as I would certainly
turn you all into toads if I got the slightest hint you would not pay me. But
fair enough, I am currently trying to seek out Miroan though I have told you
before it could be too much for me to handle as Miroan is one of the most
powerful sorcerers in the entire world. I might need the woman's help for
that, meaning I can add her powers to my own, and then I have a chance. And I
would rather do that in a peaceful way."
"You call this
a peaceful way? You insulted her in the open, giving the whole town stories to
tell."
"I did not do
such a thing, I merely offered her a drink. She refused and ran out, that's
all."
"That may be
all to you but it is not all to us. She will never cooperate with you
now."
"Look, if I
get it right she wants this same man dead. And when I can convince her the
only way to do it is to do it together I am sure she will cooperate. It is the
way it usually goes."
"She seems to
be more likely to cooperate with the Nasty One though."
"The Nasty One
is no sorcerer and he can't fight Miroan with or without Griwalda. I will
stick to the original plan and rid the world of this Nasty One first. I can
show him who can be real nasty."
"I think it
would be unwise to attack him, Desiderius. Our main goal is to achieve the
Nasty One's support, not his death. And you should realise this man is not
just another warrior. He cut down a handful of guards without blinking, in
just a few seconds. He jumped in the middle of twenty-one armed marauders and
killed them all, within seconds again. His speed is far from natural, and we
think he is a being from another plane of existence. We did not hire you to
die trying to kill him."
"And if I
would,you would be quick to take your money back would you not?" the
sorcerer smiled. The minister frowned. "And right about that, I would
have done the same but then even faster. Well then, I will gather my powers.
But for that I must leave for a couple of days. Don't worry, I will be back
soon again."
"And pray that
you return in time, for we would not have the Nasty One lying down at Miroan's
feet before you return."
"Be positive
of that, I keep an eye on the woman and when Miroan would be near her I would
see him."
"And what
would you do if he came here by surprise?"
"Drink another
fire ale on Griwalda's passing."
"Do not fool
me, just be there in time."
"You will see,
minister. Desiderius always does what he gets paid for. It's a reason why my
fee is so high."
"Lord
Reighward, a man is here to see you."
"Who? The one
I asked for? Dressed in crimson robes he is?"
"Aye, milord.
He represents the Sorcerers Council and his name is Antharion."
"Do you think
this is a wise decision, Lord Reighward? After hearing what Sir Michael
said?"
"Sir Michael
is a man of the sword, he does not comprehend sorcery nor politics. And a
sorcerer can only be defeated by a better one. Sir Michael is on the verge of
becoming a renegade knight, he must watch his steps while we see to it that
the sorcerers are driven from this town."
"You speak
true words, Lord Reighward. Swords and sorcery always clash when both are in
the same vicinity. And in a town ruled by swords, sorcery should be kept at
bay. The Council believes you are right seeking our help because now one sorcerer
is in town while a second one will be on his way." the robed man spoke
upon his entrance.
"As a matter
of fact, a third one is there, too. She is a woman who poses no threat to
anybody as she is friendly to the threatened ones. We do not believe, however,
that she stands a chance against the powerful men who threaten her
associates."
"Could you
give me some names, Lord Reighward?"
"Of course.
The woman who should be on your side is named Griwalda Donthiac. The sorcerer
who threatens to destroy one man and this way the whole town because he has
bestowed a curse on this man is Miroan. The third one, the one hired by the
politicians, is a drunken sot named Desiderius."
"Pah,
Desiderius would indeed be at his best when he is hired. He is a cheap
sell-out but dangerous, especially when he is under the influence of alcohol.
In some enigmatic way the booze seems to enhance his powers and concentration
where other men would fall out of concentration when drunk. He looks like a
joke but he is far from that. In fact, he is a great threat when drunk.
Miroan, on the other hand, is always a huge threat as even we in the Council
even fear him. He is dark and mysterious and his powers cannot be appraised.
We always fear that he has more up his sleeve as he has killed many, only to
add their powers to his. I have hardly ever heard of the woman, though."
"She is a
daughter of a mayor in a small town from here, Nouen. Her powers cannot be
seen as great as she could not even prevent being caught by a band of
marauders. Though it is only fair to say that it was a formidable band."
"Then how did
she escape?"
"The band was
ousted by a force of one, a formidable man known only as the Nasty One."
"Nasty One! Is
he here? Is he the one threatened? I do not believe that."
"You know
him?"
"Of course I
know him. Well, when he is here you need not my services, milord, for he can
easily deal with those men himself. He has done a few tasks for the Council a
few years ago, together with his old man. He works for good, killing the oppressors.
And even Miroan will fall when he encounters the Nasty One, as he holds the
power to destroy men of the will."
"His old man?
His father, you mean?"
"No, his
teacher. He would teach him how to act, how to perform manoeuvres no normal
mortal could ever perform. They had a kind of magic of their own, calling it
Body Life magic, if I recall correctly. After his master had died the Nasty
One, whom we had always known as The Pupil as the old man always called him,
travelled around the realms and became a big bad fighter with a noble heart.
The loss of his master shocked him deeply, and it explains his behaviour even
as we speak. You should not be too hard on him, Lord Reighward, for he is a
man made by the cruel world we live in. And if you would treat him badly, he
could retaliate with cold-blooded murder for he cares little about this."
"So you don't
know his real name, either?"
"I fear the
Nasty One is his real name as the old man explained to me that names say
little to those who master or train in the Body Life magic. He said something
like 'just another burden to remember' or something."
"That sounds
familiar, indeed."
"But it is
good to know he is in town, I might just visit him. Could you tell me where to
find him?"
The king-knight
gave him some directions.
"Do not worry
about hiring me, Lord Reighward, for I do not see the need to be hired for
this now that I know who is in town. The Nasty One will deal with his own
problems and he can do that better than anybody else. If that is all, I will
be gone."
"Dismissed."
the king-knight said, bowing sourly.
"Well, things
are finally on a roll now." Griwalda said.
"For the
better or the worse. How?" Sir Michael asked.
"I sense the
power of sorcery coming this way. One of them is coming at us."
"Where?"
asked the Nasty One.
"Somewhere...
I cannot give you a location, I just feel the power coming at us. Don't you
feel it?"
The Nasty One
nodded quietly, his fingers around the grip of his sword.
"It could be
the man the king-knight sent. He might want to do a bit more than attacking as
he should be good. I think the king-knight, Lord Reighward, may make the
mistake of not heeding my words but he would not hire somebody to dispose of
us, I do not believe this."
Suddenly a flash
blinded the people in the room and a lot of smoke rose out of thin air. When
the smoke cleared, they could see the Nasty One holding a man in crimson
robes, one hand behind his back while his mouth was covered by the large and
hard hand of the Nasty One. Then suddenly he let go of the man and looked him
in the eye. "Wise One!" he said in sudden recognition.
"A somewhat
friendlier name we have here." Jon said smiling, though he was able to
live with the nickname "Short One".
"Aye Nasty
One. It has been a long time indeed."
"I knew the
king-knight would act wise, indeed. He would not hire a drunk renegade such as
Desiderius. Instead he sent for a representant from the Council." Sir
Michael said.
"Though I said
I would not work for him since I know who is in this town and my services
would be very unnecessary as the Nasty One can deal with foul sorcerers much
better than myself. It is good to see you alive and well, Nasty One, as it has
been a number of years since you and your master appeared before the Council.
I trust you still have what has made your master so important."
"If you mean
this, aye."
"Appeared
before the Council? Is that not only for other sorcerers? Or is his Body
Life magic also seen as some kind of latent sorcery?"
"No, my fair
lady, he came along when his master was asked to do something for the council
as one man had stepped out of line here and threatened to attempt to destroy
the council, while we all can imagine what something like that could result
in: the destruction of the world. This man had created some powerful items of
sorcery and with it I must admit that indeed he would have had a fair chance
of killing thousands of people trying to bring down the Council. He aided
his master in a task not to be taken lightly. They destroyed the man's
residence and the hidden items. When the sorcerer saw this he would attack but
he never had a chance to do so."
"I take it he
is very dead." Jon said.
"Sure. The two
of us had to intrude in a maze of magical guarding systems, but we knew
where they were as our senses told us where they were. We could avoid or
neutralise the dangers and then we saw the weapons the man had created with
dark sorcery and alchemy. They were giant beast-like machines easily the size
of four of these apartments. They were filled with powerful items that would
explode would they hit the ground, and the explosions would have wiped out
entire towns with ease as the items, large egg-like cocoons, were loaded with
sorcery."
"How could you
neutralise them?"
"Easy. My
master struck them. Normally they would have exploded upon impact but he
struck them with the hand that held the bracelet and so the sorcery was
neutralised at once and nothing happened."
"Then how come
that he could not remove my cursed ring when he touched it with the
bracelet?"
"It should be
connected to your body, its anti-magic would have to flow within you as it
flows within the Nasty One. It would take the bracelet to remove your curse, I
think."
"Well then,
why doesn't he take off the bracelet and let Jon wear it?"
"Alas, this
would cause Jon and everybody else, including the Nasty One, to explode. This
is an item that cannot be taken from the living, the bracelet I mean. This is
a holy artifact, at least it is something like that as it holds powers so
great it could help destroy the world when in the wrong hands. There should be
a secret book about this all but we do not know where it is, probably in some
sorcerer's possession. The bracelet, known as the key to immunity, was handed
to a master of Body Life magic and has gone from dead hand to living hand.
This is not an item one should borrow to his friends, else the danger exists
that some befriended one can be too fond of the item and use it for wrong
goals."
"Like I would
give it to the Red One so that she can destroy those sorcerers and then she
would absorb their powers and run off with the bracelet."
"I would not
possibly do such kind of thing!" Griwalda objected.
"True enough,
I was just giving an example." the Nasty One said with an affectionate
smile.
"But then why
give it to people who are so powerful and who really are dangerous enough to
wipe sorcery off the world if they wanted to? I mean, this master and the
Nasty One himself could probably wipe out the Council if they wanted
to."
"And that is
something I would never do." the Nasty One now said.
"Just giving
an example." Griwalda said. The men grinned. "No, the masters of
Body Life magic are trusted heavily by the Council. They have a feeling for
responsibility like nobody else -aye, even more than knights- and they know
what this world is like and what it would have been without sorcery. While
they can and will destroy wayward sorcerers they would never turn against the
Council unless we give them reason to. And we of course are careful enough not
to. We know that we can never down this man, and we will never try as the
balance of the world would be at stake then. We trust a master of Body Life
magic more than anybody else, especially when it's an accepted duty."
"But the duty
was accepted by his predecessors, not by him!"
"Ah, but the
masters have a right feeling about promises made by predecessors. It is
tradition and values they live on. Those of his side would never break a
vow."
"Of his
side?"
"Did he never
tell you that there are dark masters of Body Life magic as well, the so-called
Dark Bodies?"
"Oh, you mean
that. What happens when a teacher suspects his pupil to become a Dark
Body?"
"It has
happened, and the teachers are not allowed to slay the pupils before the final
test. But then the master gives the bracelet to a fellow master, and he will
be the one burdened with carrying it."
"You know
quite a lot about these men, Sir..."
"No Sir, just
Antharion, at your service."
"Sir Michael
Capston, at yours."
"Jon Man,
locksmith."
"Griwalda
Donthiac, neophyte sorceress."
"Well met, all
of you. I heard about you, Griwalda. You seem to lack the power, but I have
been told that is because you could not dedicate yourself to your
studies."
"How do you
know that?"
"Ah, I am in
the Sorcerers Council as you know. And we stay up to date with all man and
women of the will, even the neophytes. After all, one day you may reach true
power. I also heard that you were kidnapped to be drained. I take it it was
the Nasty One who saved you."
"Indeed, he
killed Methahon by the sword."
"Was it
Methahon? Well, just another dark-minded outcast. We can sure miss those,
though evil is needed in the world."
"Why is
that?" Jon asked.
"The universe
is a balance. When there is no evil, there cannot be good. When there would be
no dark, there would be no light."
"I am not sure
I can understand that."
"When you do
not live you cannot die." the Nasty One added helpfully.
"Something
like that, aye. Where did you learn that one?" the sorcerer asked with a
smile.
"Nowhere, just
made it up on the spot."
"A bit like
that. Or I guess you could say: with no thieves there would be no
locksmiths."
"That is
indeed the way you keep your trade alive." Sir Michael grinned broadly.
"Something
like that. Then what would happen if the world would be one big place with no
evil?"
"That is not
realistic, mister Man. Every man, no matter how good he is supposed to be, has
a certain evil side in himself and some can suppress those feelings more
than others. When there would be no evil, then how could man live? It would
not be possible to eat meat, since somebody has to slaughter the animals and
as it is, it takes a certain degree of blood thirst for that. No evil means
really no blood thirst, no lust of power, no bad moods, no darkness, no
arrogance, no dominance... this is unimaginable!"
"I guess you
are right. They say we all are a little crazy, and we are also all a little
evil. But don't tell the knights as they could kill you for that." Jon
laughed and they all laughed with him, even Sir Michael.
"By the way
Nasty One, before you go out to kill Desiderius, I would like it if you would
give me a chance to bring him before the Council as we have more peaceful
matters at hand. Maybe the Council can correct him."
"I doubt it,
but go ahead. Hacking up sorcerers is not my favourite hobby anyway."
The sorcerer
greeted the company and left the house.
"You say you
never trust anybody. Then how about this Wise One, even as you seem to respect
him?" Jon inquired.
"I never trust
anybody fully. As wise as he is, he is still a sorcerer and even the Red One
is hungry for power. But I can trust people to a certain extent, only never
too much."
"It's always
better than not at all, I say. Do you think he has any success in dealing with
that drunk?"
"Nope, but it
buys us some time when the Drunk One knows that the Wise One is here. If the
Wise One is not powerful enough he has the whole Council behind him and that
is enough to threaten everybody, even the one who plots against me."
"Miroan."
"Aye."
"Why do you
never use names even as you remember them all?"
"I remember
them sometimes as I hear them often and we have
talked about little else than him. I do not use names as I have never
done this, and old habits die hard."
"I still think
it's strange to shun names, but I guess you can live with it."
"Aye. And many
other things."
13
"One of the
Body Life magic. Is any member aware about this eerie kind of magic that kills
so many people in so little time?" The prime minister looked around the
House to see if any of its members raised a hand.
"I thought as
much. Anyway, the Nasty One has declared to be one of the rare ones who master
this particular type of magic. We need more information on this, that is for
sure. But what we have already heard is that this one cannot be fought by
another master to gain control over him. A clash between two masters of his
kind of magic can only result in death of one of them, the other one
continuing to live his life in nobody's service."
"And what we
have heard from our reports, this could also explain why the Nasty One was so
hard against the king- knight when it came to trading favours. He is not for
hire and he cannot be controlled."
"Still a
knight is spending much time with him, talking. He seems to be a spy for the
knights who is trying to infiltrate in his gang to gain some kind of control
over the Nasty One. Where we try sorcery, they will try to use a fake
friendship."
"I wish a
debate over the danger we face when the knight can indeed befriend the Nasty
One." a councillor said.
"Why is it
that those knights always stoop to the lowest levels trying to beat us?"
"It is the
foul nature of those who claim fairness and candour. This way they try the
same as we do but then with the danger for one of their own members as this
will not cost them any money, the knight is a pawn of the king-knight and will
willingly sacrifice himself for the cause. Do we have more on this
knight?"
"His name is
Sir Michael, senior guard of the Third Order. He has spent a vast number of
years in the knighthood and can be called a wise old man."
"Old, he is?
So they're trying to weaken the Nasty One's heart with old men."
"Is he has a
heart, that is." the defence minister nodded.
"Rumour goes
that an unknown man has been invited to the Assembly for parley. We do not
know aught about him nor do we know his and the king-knight's intentions. But
all these strange people coming in and going out really upset me."
"I fully agree
with this, my eminence. We have sent somebody to look after this strange man,
I expect him to come with a full report after he is finished."
"Or has been
finished."
"Don't say bad
things about my spy, councillor. As was stated in point 217.962A to D, the
hiring of spies is my personal responsibility and you cannot judge their jobs
as you have not studied seriously on the matter. My spies do not get
caught!"
"Easy, my
eminence. I was not calling your spies incapable of their job, I was merely
suggesting that there are people of power in this town who can see through
disguises and hiding places."
"You suggest
this newcomer is yet another sorcerer?"
"Maybe it is
the one who has been looking for the Nasty One, the one our man is supposed to
take care of."
"He is gone
now. However, I think this is a silly suggestion as the man has spoken to
the king-knight. Were he the one to nail the Nasty One, he would not go to the
one who sent one of his men to join the Nasty One."
"Miroan is a
man of great power, but he can also be considered a cunning man. Maybe he is
fooling the king-knight into cooperating. After all, the Nasty One did kill
his guards and the king-knight would not be happy with that, not even talking
about the public humiliation he suffered at the Nasty One's hands."
"Then we would
expect the king-knight to withdraw his pawn from the board, else it would be
too dangerous for him."
"That is
indeed expected. Or it can be a quick matter when the Nasty One finds out who
he really is and kills him."
"So far it is
all hypothetic that the sorcerer who joined him is indeed Miroan, the one who
is after him. There are lots of other sorcerers in the world, either free or
bound in the Sorcerers Council."
"With so many
people of the will in town, it would not surprise me to see a man from the
Council here, now that you mention it." a fat commissioner said, looking
into nothingness as he considered this latest suggestion.
"But he would
not be welcome here, then. A man of the Sorcerers Council would be in the
way of both Desiderius and Miroan."
Suddenly a man
entered. "Ah, sub-minister, we have been expecting you."
"Not for this,
I guess, my eminence. Yet another stranger has entered town today. He first
went to see the king-knight and then he went to the Nasty One. And believe it
or not, the man is also said to be a sorcerer."
"We were just
thinking one might come or be there. But you say this man just entered
town?"
"This
afternoon, aye."
"What does he
want and who is he?"
"I do not know
yet what he wants. I left a Private on the spot to keep an eye on him while I
am trying to find out what has been discussed between the king-knight and him.
His robes, however, indicate that he is from the Council."
"What a
coincidence, we were just suggesting the Council might want to look at the
situation here with all those sorcerers coming and going."
"Proves my
theory, though."
"Indeed.
Well-stated, commissioner Ralph."
"What made you
leave a Private on the spot? If I recall the contents of document 5A3.7Y
correctly, the Privates are hired only to preserve war and to spy in times of
war."
"That
priority, indeed. But the situation with the Nasty One is running out of hand
and we need many spies now, so I think using the Privates is only
proper." the prime minister explained calmly.
"We thank you
for your report, sub-minister, but wish you to go back to your spot at once
for we cannot miss a heartbeat on this situation here."
The sub-minister
bowed slightly and left in a hurry.
"Well then,
the man who is sent by the Sorcerers Council is probably the same man who was
rumoured to have been invited to the Assembly. That was easily solved.
Remaining matter is what has been discussed and what is going to happen now.
But I trust the sub-minister and the Privates here, they will come with a
report soon enough."
"Is this the
way it is always going to be, with spies and their masters running in and out?
What have they got to do with politics then?" a younger politician, in
his forties, asked.
"Fraction
leader Reynold, I know you are new to the House but I can safely tell you this
is not the way things are supposed to happen. Especially you, as an elect
candidate from the Extremist Party, should know that this is an extraordinary
situation which also happens to be the biggest chance we are going to get in
some time to overthrow the knights. After we are all back in the Assembly we
will work on our own departments only and unless you want to be made minister
of intelligence you will have no spies storming in your department."
"I wish I had
my department back." the minister of intelligence sighed. "I have
insufficient room for all my paperwork, as my ministry comes with many top
secret documents, you understand. Many old documents have been seized by the
knights but the new stack is piling up fast."
"Just another
reason, my dear minister, to deal with this matter quickly. Spur on your men
to handle this matter quickly. The sooner we have the Nasty One on our side,
the sooner you will have your department back. With probably all the
information gathered by the knights."
The minister looked
in glee at that prospect.
"Either our
party is becoming too big for this town or this town is becoming too small for
us."
"What do you
mean, Short One?"
"I mean, it
started with you, then came Griwalda, then me, and now the knight and the
sorcerer are here. Meanwhile we are all forming a huge target for anybody who
would like to get at us. And beside that we are constantly under the eyes of
spies from both the knights and the politicians."
"You spotted
them, too?" the Nasty One smiled.
"Aye. The man
there from the politicians, standing right there in the shadows, seeming to
talk to that vendor, he is a Private. One of the special spying forces the
politicians have hired for extreme times. We seem to have some importance
that they hire the Privates for us."
"What do these
Privates want and what will they do? After all, if they are too much of a
bother..."
"They are
harmless. All they do is spying and we really have nothing to hide, have
we?"
"Not really,
if somebody wants to know of our plans he can just enter and ask me. But they
don't seem to have the guts for that, do they?"
"They avoid
you as much as possible. I guess your stormy entrance accomplished that. They
all fear you like their worst nightmare."
"It is what I
have been for many, you cannot blame them." the Nasty One said with a
bitter smile.
"Is the
knighthood's spy gone? I thought he was standing right over there, near the
corner."
"He is
currently in that apartment, where a lady of pleasure resides. He keeps an eye
on us occasionally, through those pink curtains."
"A costly rent
then. I wonder if he can declare the bills for his expenses during duty."
Jon grinned.
The Nasty One
chuckled. For Jon it had been the first time since he had actually heard the
Nasty One chuckle.
"You know that
the woman who... works there has two grown daughters who are also sometimes
forced to work for her. I cannot understand why one would see her instead as
she is old, fat and ugly." Jon could not resist to relate to his eminent
supply of town gossip.
"I bet the
woman would not know who is the father of any of those daughters."
"Probably not.
But what do you say about my plan? I mean..."
"Your plan to
leave town. Well, I am in no hurry and I am sure I paid the rent for some
time. If we move now, our main target, that sorcerer, will not be able to find
me and as long as we postpone his killing, you are in danger and when matters
are piling up it has always been best to deal with the first matters
first."
"You are right
about that. Yet if this Miroan would have spotted where you are, and I am sure
a sorcerer with his reputation could easily find you, especially with the
directions you gave him, and if he really wants to nail you, he would have
shown up a great deal earlier don't you think?" "It can be that he
is afraid. Yet we have no means at hand to start the chase the other way
around as we have no clue of where we can find him."
"We do. At
least I think so. The man who showed up today, the one you call Wise One.
Antharion his name was, I believe. He is a man from the Council, he might know
where to find Miroan."
"I do not
believe that is one from the Council."
"Antharion you
mean?"
"No, of course
not. I mean the one who is after us, and who we are after."
"Still the
Council seems to keep track of all the sorcerers, or men of the will as they
call themselves. We could try to ask him, you know."
"He stayed in
town, I will see him tomorrow if he does not come here first. Then I will
indeed ask him."
"Are you not
late for your evening training?"
"Indeed I am.
You know the security measures. And in case something happens, press this
button and I will be there in a few seconds."
"Some kind of
alarm system?"
"Indeed. Guard
it carefully, I want it back when I return."
"Bet on that.
Have a good training."
"Oh, be sure
of that."
14
"The taxes are
late this month."
On a small throne
sat a big, strong man wearing a black band in his hair. In the middle of the
band a jewel was embedded.
"So far things
are not going as wrong as it may look to you, master Maels. From all but one
the taxes are in this month and the profit is enormous now."
"It is the one
not here I am worried for. It is nothing for Binor to be late with his quota.
And of course it is out of the question that he started for his own as he is
too wise to revolt against me. I have always paid them well and they know the
troops I have behind me. The couriers have always been in time and now they
are late. While we know the road they ride is clear from marauders that are
not under my supervision."
"You fear
something has happened to him and his men."
"I fear that.
It has been once that the knights of Vintel tried to catch them but they were
killed after a first-class ambush. Some ran but they probably passed on the
message that it was very unwise to try again."
Before the man
stood seventeen men, all heavily armed and guarded by their men. All in all,
more than a hundred were standing in the large room in the middle of a cave.
"Binor is not
coming back." a voice came. They all turned around and saw a man who
appeared to be in a deplorable state, sitting on a stool he had apparently
conjured up with him. With his elbow he was leaning on a table as if he were
sitting on a bar. The guards drew steel but the man waved them away with an
empty hand.
"What do you
know man? Who are you? What do you know of Binor and what happened to
him?"
"First give me
some ale. Fire ale, if you have it."
"Fire
ale?"
"Come on, I
know you have fire ale. Of your private stock, that is. And bring it
quickly."
"You will
first introduce yourself, man, and then we will talk."
"My name is
Desiderius the sorcerer. Fire ale, now!" he said, his voice obviously
agitated.
"Better give
him what he wants, master Maels. This is Desiderius the drunk sorcerer, if he
is who he claims to be, and I have no reason to doubt his story..." a man
started but then he fell down, hit in the head by a beam of magic.
"And don't you
ever dare to call me drunk again!" the sorcerer said in a warning
voice.
Some man had been
quick enough to fetch the man a tankard of ale and satisfied, the sorcerer
took a swallow.
"That's
better. Now as I said, Binor is not coming back. He is dead, very dead. And so
is his gang."
"The knights
of Vintel?" Maels asked, his hand involuntarily going to the short
sword on his side.
"The knights
are not strong enough. No, it was one man. One single man killed them
all."
"A sorcerer. I
should have known. You! You killed them! Why..." "Why would I
bother? Indeed, I can think of no reason. It is not of myself I am talking,
nor am I referring to any other man of the will. I am talking about a
fighter. A big, mean, nasty fighter. He seems to have no name, or at least he
does not want to give anybody his name. He is simply known as the Nasty
One."
"Are you
trying to tell me that one man was responsible for the death of so many
trained men? Who is this man? How did he kill them?"
"From what I
have heard in a place called the Goblins Inn in Vintel, his men were poorly
trained as the Nasty One jumped among their midst and started slashing around.
He killed them all by the sword."
"I don't
believe you. It is impossible that Binor and his men would let themselves be
slaughtered by a force of one. There must be more to this story, pray
tell."
"You know what
they say Maels, everybody has his price."
"I have
already lost enough money when Binor will never again show up with this
month's road taxes. What do you want then?"
"The normal
fee for my services. Two thousand goldweights of the West."
"Outrageous!"
Maels yelled. Desiderius merely grinned.
"It is an
expense you are forced to sacrifice if you ever want Binor's murderer."
"You will not
kill him for me, I will do that myself."
"True enough,
but you need to know more about him as there is more to him than meets the
eye. You see, this man is so fast, strong and skilled that it is almost
incredible. From what I have heard, he is a master of Body Life magic and this
means he is a fighter like no other."
"I will pay
the price, Desiderius, and then you will bring me to him."
"Go ahead,
pay."
Filled with
reluctance Binor ordered his men to count the money. When it was finally put
into one sack Desiderius weighed it in his hand. "Count better. Two
short."
"Two short?
Are you positive?"
"Believe me. I
am a man of the will and many more times I have held two thousand goldweights
in my hand."
"Give him
those two."
Desiderius added
the coins to his sack and then waved at it. Before the men's eyes, it
disappeared.
"Whoa, where
did that go?"
"To my
personal vault, of course. Now the Nasty One is in Vintel, as you might have
expected. Sorcery does not harm him, so I can only lead you to him."
"How do you
know all this? What were you doing in Vintel?"
"Trying to
find Miroan, to kill him. Well, I will make you a better deal."
Suddenly the sack
appeared again.
"Help me kill
Miroan and you can have this one back."
"Kill a
sorcerer? How do you expect me to do that?"
"You will, of
course, cause the distraction I need."
"And what is
in it for you then?"
"We both seek
to slay one. My share will be his power as it will leave him upon his death.
While you will get the murderer of Binor. And I happen to know you would do
a great deal for that."
"How did you
get all this information, sorcerer?"
"Quite easily,
but my sources are not yours. I will be back in two days, be ready to go to
Vintel by then."
"You bet I
will. Vintel will surrender the Nasty One to me or face siege upon their
town."
"It is what I
was hoping to hear. Two days."
And with that the
sorcerer was gone, taking the tankard, partially still filled with his
favoured fire ale, with him. Maels dismissed the men under orders of staying
alert and preparing for a siege.
"Why all this
trouble to get Binor's killer? More men have died in his service."
another gang leader asked around.
"Binor was his
brother." an underling whispered back.
"So there you
are. I have been looking for you, Miroan."
"Councillor
Antharion! What brings you to my tower? Uninvited, I might add."
"You know darn
well why I am here, Miroan. You have brought yourself into a whole heap of
trouble and in the name of the Council I am ordering you to cut it off."
"The Council,
as you will know, holds no power over me. So to hear you are referring to my
matters with the Nasty One, and I am not going to cut it off, as you put it.
He threatened me and people do not threaten me. Not even you, councillor. Let
the Council mind its own business and do not interfere with mine."
The tall sorcerer rose into a casting stance.
"You need not
fire your will at me, Miroan, as I have come for parley only. You know the
item the Nasty One holds, and we do not really approve of its using to slay
the men of the will, even if they are wayward members."
"You did use
one of his kind a while back. Nine years now since you sent out that assassin
holding the key, seeking to destroy Avragghthon? Was it this same man?"
"As a matter
of fact, that man was his master while he was there himself, too, following
his master in order to gain experience in practice. And he beat his master,
proved himself to be even better than the old bloke. And we all know the
danger Avragghthon posed, and we know that even though your powers are great
you would have been no match for the man, even without those great dangerous
metal monsters he had created."
"I am fully
aware of this, and this is the reason I have not attacked yet. I am preparing
for my master plan, a plan that cannot fail me. This will bring the Nasty One
down and then indeed, the key will fall into my hands."
"You know the
results of that? It would destroy the world!"
"It is the
reason it should be kept from people like ourselves, aye. But I know more
than all of you together, I know how to use it in a better way. And I am sure
I am the only one alive to know all this."
"Do not
underestimate the lore and legacy of those who use the soul instead of the
will, Miroan, for it might become your doom."
"You would
like that, would you not? And you would be the first to usurp my powers when I
am gone. Now begone, unless you want to match the wills."
"Do never
forget that you were warned, Miroan."
And then the
sorcerer was gone, leaving the other one in thoughts.
"Why would the
Council warn me? Ah, it is just an excuse. They want to talk me into giving up
the opportunity of not one but several lifetimes. They fear I will succeed,
and that I will get the key. And then the world, the universe will be mine and
mine only. I must check on my plan, nothing may go wrong from this point
on."
Miroan checked on
his equipment and then saw to his dismay that the book about the key, which he
had been reading over again when the Councillor had entered, was missing.
"You bloody,
sneaky..." he started out, then he screamed in fury as he swore bloody
revenge on the trickster, the con, the...
"I have been
looking for you, Wise One."
"I thought as
much. I have visited Miroan, to warn him. And when talking to him my eye fell
on the book he had been reading. It is a book about the history of the
bracelet you are wearing, Nasty One."
"That is not
important, he may ask all he wants to know before he dies... but where did you
visit him?"
"In his tower.
He was quite surprised to see me."
"And he will
be even more surprised when he sees me."
"What do you
mean?"
"I mean that
you are going to tell me exactly where I can find this man. I want him dead,
as dead as he wants me. And I always get my man."
"I just warned
him to call it all off."
"He would be a
bit too late with that. My patience has long run out in this case. Where is
he?"
"Very well, I
have no means whatsoever to stop you. He can be found in a tower a hundred
miles to the north-northeast of here. Here it should be. If you will, I can
give you a teleport to get you there."
"That would
mean I would have to take the bracelet off and that is something I will not
do."
"I forgot all
about it, to be honest. Well then, how will you go there then travelling so
that he cannot see you coming, how can you prevent that he will build up a
defence against you?"
"Apart from
the fact that I will tear down every defence he can ever prepare for me, I
have means at hand. I will be back tomorrow."
"Can you take
me with you?" Griwalda suddenly asked.
"Know what you
begin with, woman, it may be more than you can handle." Antharion warned.
"I am aware of
the powers released, Wise One. And I am aware of the woman's intents. But do
not worry, I will see to it that she handles it well."
"Not everybody
can handle power like that, Nasty One. And she is not used to power at all.
Once she has it, she might not know how to deal with it... she might be put to
a stop then."
"As I said,
Wise One, it will be my responsibility."
"Now why is
that? You are not my babysitter, you know."
"Aye, but you
were the one who kept on nagging about going around as partners. I guess it
will be my task then to hold you in line."
"So you agree
with this?"
"Of course.
Everything is better than you getting me to rescue you time and time
again." the Nasty One said with a smile that looked the slightest bit
affectionate.
"I think I
would want to be there when the man who gave me this curse got wiped off the
face of the world." Jon said.
"And then I
guess the Calm One wants to go as well, if it were only to be complete. Well
then, the Wise One must go then and he must teleport you all to the scene. I
will go by my own means -just as fast, I assure you- and we will meet
there."
"Do you intend
to go right away?"
"Tomorrow will
be fine, then I have a full day of reading. This booklet may prove to be
interesting, I must read it first."
"As a matter
of fact, I would like to read it, too." Antharion said with a slight
hint of objection in his voice.
"When this is
all over we will all have time enough, Wise One. And the key is my
responsibility, all you should know about it is that one of you may never have
it."
"And I know
that. Fair enough, I shall wait."
"If we need to
be of any help, we will have to study and relax today, councillor."
"It is what we
will do, my dear. There is one more small thing to be settled, then. I wish
you to join me for that."
"Private
sorcerers business?" Sir Michael asked.
"Something
like that, aye."
"So while the
Nasty One already promised that he would keep an eye on me, you want to be the
extra eye?"
"Aye."
the sorcerer said, then smiled about the funny interpretation of the word.
"It is usual
that this happens when, through an odd-fluke most of the time, a novice gets
great power. The Nasty One will be able to handle your person as it deals with
the powers unleashed, but you need somebody who knows a lot about the power
of the will. I will not be your partner, as the Nasty One will be, I will be
your guide."
"But... you
seem to have a high position in the Council. Does that not interfere?"
"What would a
council of sorcerers be when the matters were not all about sorcery? We are no
politicians, mind you."
"Ah,
but..."
"No buts here,
it is no threat, just a humble proposition. You will be powerful, Griwalda,
possibly even more powerful than myself or any other member of the council
except for the High Sorcerer, of course. You will have no matters when the
Nasty One kills Miroan, you are the parasite who reaps from the spoils. It is
not a pleasant prospect but it is the truth, as we all seek to gain
power."
"Then you will
also be after the power? Will you be in my way then?"
"Of course
not, this I promise you. To say it in popular words: you may have him."
"And I thank
you for that. It is not for nothing the Nasty One calls you wise."
"It is indeed
a great plan, Desiderius, we all owe you an apology because we underestimated
you. This plan with the siege and everything will have the nice side-effect
that we can make a scandal out of this and we can possible let it as far as
driving ourselves into the position the knights came into by trickery: we will
force them to write out new general elections, just after they scandalise
themselves by not being able to prevent one from laying siege on this town.
The knights will be locked in their places by a band of marauders, that must
be enough to get the people to believe that we will make everything
right."
"I wish to
have one small thing settled." the sorcerer said.
"More fire
ale? Coming right up."
"Would also be
nice, though I still have some. Problem is, I needed to bribe the leader, a
pompous man calling himself master Maels."
"How
much?". "Two thousand goldweights. And I know that is my entire
defrayment and I am not a volunteer. I did what had to be done, and I wish to
declare the bill."
"Two thousand
more? You must be out of your mind!" a prime councillor said, jumping out
of his seat.
"It is indeed
a large sum again, Desiderius. Are you not lying to us? This way you would
indeed be doubling your fee."
"You can ask
this Maels what I paid him to lay siege on this town, to ask for the Nasty
One. And he will tell the truth. I can even organise a cross-examination with
him being put in a trance so that he cannot lie to anybody, if that is your
wish."
"That will not
be necessary, Desiderius. We will provide the money, of course. In terms of a
double-check, we pay you half now and half when the troops are standing in
front of the gates."
"Fine with me,
they will be here in a week or so." the man said confidently.
The thought of
leaving the real action to men with swords while cashing in twice was one
Desiderius would cherish passionately.
15
"You and I, we
have to talk." came a dark voice.
"Now
who..." asked Miroan, quickly rising out of his chair to see who now had
avoided all his magical traps and could have entered his private study in the
top of a tower in the middle of nowhere. He saw a big man and took a casting
stance even though he had a vague feeling this would not help him much as that
man could be only one.
"It is the
Nasty One. And you are standing in my way."
"What do you
want?"
"I want you to
release the curse you put on this man."
Suddenly the
locksmith was also in the room.
"And why would
I do that? And what makes you bring him here?"
"You would do
that because I ask it of you. Would you really be stubborn you will face the
single consequence: your death. So release the man now."
"I know the
curse I put on this man. Now why would I not just kill him?"
"Because it
will destroy yourself. The curse you put on him is one not even your own
powers can protect you against. It is good I have the key, else it would even
destroy me. But now the two of you are the only ones who get hurt."
Jon looked up at
the big man behind him.
"Do what needs
to be done, Nasty One. Just be sure the rest is protected." he said with
a stern look on his face.
"The rest is
in a safe position, far from here. This is your last warning, Robed One.
Release the man."
"Give me the
key and you will have it. Surrender the key!"
"Make
me." the Nasty One shrugged and suddenly he pinched Jon hard, thus also
hurting the sorcerer who was about to intone a spell. The spell ruined, the
sorcerer was in panic as the Nasty One was on top of him. A warding gem at his
belt that would have electrocuted all who dared touch him did not help here as
the Nasty One's bracelet dispelled all the powers that Miroan could call upon.
"Remove the
curse!" the Nasty One shouted in his face.
"Never!"
Miroan said, almost certain that would be the last word he would ever speak.
"Then
die."
And with a sound
that sickened the short locksmith the Nasty One smashed the sorcerer's skull
with something hard, probably his fist. There was a tingling in the air and
the Nasty One called upon the sorcerers and the knight.
"It is as I
thought. He would not listen." he said simply, pointing at the
gruesomely mutilated body.
"Did you have
to beat him up that bad?"
"Just one
stroke, that is all I did. You had better burn his body before somebody starts
thinking of raising him. Hey, what is that?"
"Automatic
disintegration. Many evil sorcerers of power do this, as they do not want to
be raised. In a moment, dust will be all that remains of him."
"And his
robes. Now then, you work your powers to get his, I will check this place for
loot."
"I am sure you
will find some, Miroan was an evil man who loved to have a lot of treasure,
mostly to buy rare items and spell components with."
"Then I hope
he did not buy much lately, since I have no use for spell components. You can
have those, of course."
The Nasty One
disappeared suddenly and the four were left alone in the room.
"I don't like
this room. It is so... evil."
"Evil is
indeed in the air, but that will be gone soon. Too bad we cannot make it a
cosy room but we will be gone after this. Now then, Griwalda, do you know how
to do this?"
"I do.
Desiderius taught me this."
She started
intoning a long spell, waving her hands in an awkward pattern, drawing figures
in the air. Slowly mist engulfed her and then the others in the room. Then
all the mist seemed to thicken and slowly it all poured into her through the
pores of her skin, her ears and her mouth.
Then the room was
clear and Jon immediately noticed the sun broke through.
"Now then, you
created good weather, too." he said smiling.
"That is a
mere coincidence, some nice timing from the elements."
"How do you
feel now?" Antharion inquired.
"I feel...
strange. Something, it must be the energy, is burning in me. Like something I
have to fight to control."
"That is what
you must, through study."
"Then what do
I study?"
"What do you
study? Well, you could start with the books over there. Miroan's spellbooks,
now yours."
"So many of
them?"
"Aye, he was
powerful and knew a great variety of spells. Now you have his power, you must
also acquire his skills. Only then can you fully take benefit of the powers
you acquired now."
"So we have to
take all this home."
"Aye. If you
still call the Nasty One's apartment home, that is. And because he is your
sponsor, I take it you do."
"For the time
being, aye."
Then the Nasty One
returned with a full pack. "That much?"
"All gold and
jewellery, he was rich indeed. Well, it makes it a profitable trip for me,
too. Are you done here?"
"Aye, I guess
we are. I just have to pack these books over here."
"His
spellbooks, of course. Well then, get busy with it. I haven't got all day, my
afternoon practice is waiting for me and I sense more is to befall us. We have
to get back home in time."
"Then what
were you thinking of? Think the politicians will undertake action? Or the
knights, for that matter?"
"It does
matter. I expect nothing from the knights. They sent the Calm One, they talked
to the Wise One and now they know they should do nothing. I think the Drunk
One will see that we are gone, and that is why we cannot be gone too
long."
"Last I heard
was that Desiderius left the town."
"People of the
will can enter and leave as they wish, they do not need to pass the gates
necessarily." Antharion said.
"So we have
now no longer a neophyte, have we? We now have two powerful sorcerers!"
Jon said cheerfully.
"Aye, though
she does not know yet how to control and use her newfound powers. But she will
learn fast, as I believe she has talent enough. It was dedication she always
lacked and though she got her powers in a rather cheap way I think it is what
she needs to get some dedication for her profession. Now she can do a little
bit more than street show illusions, and I hope she realises that."
"I do,
councillor. And I will work hard to learn fast. I must control these powers,
get used to the fact that they are part of me now and that they will be
something I must deal with, not to let it overcome me."
"That is
indeed the danger that comes with this, and you will work hard to prevent the
power mastering you. We have learned
in history that not everybody can handle powers this great, it takes a special
person for that. That is why I warned you in the first place when you were
thinking of usurping the powers of one of the world's greatest sorcerers."
"But I will
pledge to the council, to stay in line and do whatever it takes to help the
men of the will and the council itself."
"It is good to
hear that, lady Griwalda. At least then Miroan's powers went to a good
cause."
"Get those
books, I want to go home." the Nasty One cut off the discussion.
"He may be a
powerful warrior, a party animal he will never be." Jon said with a
smile.
Even the old knight
chuckled at this.
"We have
decided to lay siege on the town. What do you think about this?"
"Excellent,
just as I planned. Though I must tell you that you should not harm the
politicians in that town."
"As far as I
know the knights rule there."
"Sure they do,
Maels. But there are politicians in that town just waiting for the new
elections."
"And are those
ever going to come with those knights in the powerful seats?"
"Of course,
they came there through democracy, they will fall through democracy. Not that
it really matters to you and me, it is just that I am faintly acquainted with
some of the politicians. They mean you no harm, and at the moment they don't
even give a damn about their town."
"I will not
attack the town directly. After all, I have no need for its sacking - except
for the loot, that is. All I want is the man responsible for my brother's
death. And I will have those knights hand him over to me by means of
threatening with besieging their town. I know it is a small town with a few
hundred defenders and I have more than a thousand men at my disposal."
"All these
outlaws who collect road taxes, a thousand?"
"Aye, our
network is large. And of course there are the special troops which come into
action when people revolt against our men."
"I see. Well,
the more the better in this case. When will you move?"
"When we move,
sorcerer, you will move with us. Tomorrow, that is. We can be there in four or
five days, depending on the weather."
"A total waste
of time. If you give me a day of preparation I can create a dimensional portal
that will bring you right to the place where you want to be."
"We cannot
come there with small amounts at the same time, we have to come all
together."
"Of course,
I'm no fool! The portal will teleport you to a hidden place near the town
where you can make camp and prepare the siege."
"It sounds
like a good plan, Desiderius. Go work on it. The sooner we are there the
better, as there is nothing better than a surprising siege."
"Though some
fire ale right now would come close."
"You really
should consider claiming Miroan's tower for yourself. After all, so much
magic is yet hidden there and this has been the place where he has studied for
all those years."
"I am not sure
if this is good, I mean he has been there for so many years as you
say..."
"It is not
haunted, I assure you. His spirit has gone to the place all spirits go to. And
with the powers you have also unleashed more than enough power of the will to
break all the magic locks in the tower. I can accompany you to the tower to
make sure it is all safe."
"If you would,
it would be my pleasure, councillor Antharion."
"We shall be
gone then. Until soon."
"Oh, are you
not going to stay there right away?"
"Of course
not, I must wait for you, remember? And you have some unfinished business to
take care of."
"That Drunk
One. He can't be too much of a bother. I think I must go see those politicians
and give them a piece of my mind. Short One, can you tell me where to find
them?"
"I think I
can. By the way Nasty, I do not know how to thank you properly for saving my
life and all those around me."
"I know you
are grateful, that will be enough. At least you no longer need to pick locks
to save money to hire a sorcerer, and you can return to earning your money
honestly."
"Sure. And all
the money I did make in the meantime I still have now, it is mine to
spend."
"Have a good
life with it, Short One."
"Oh, you bet I
will. But we are talking like if we seen the last of each other. And that is
certainly not true unless you had plans to leave."
"Not me. I
came here for rest in the first place. And right now you will bring me to the
politicians."
"Right, let's
go."
"But still I
am not sure if this is going to work. As the sub-minister told, Desiderius has
struck a deal with those outlaws. Apart from the fact that they are outlaws,
the man himself is not one we should trust. Is it coincidence that he bribed
that man for exactly his own salary? What does he have in mind?"
"I do not
agree with your relentless suspicion, prime commissioner. The man
is..."
Suddenly the door
banged open and the doorman who had served as a guard crashed through, his
mouth foaming with frenzy and blood.
"I know that
you are not used to speaking it, politicians, yet it is what I demand. The
truth, and nothing but the truth. Now!"
A towering figure
appeared in the doorway, sword drawn.
"You have been
spying on us, you have tried to talk the Red One into selling me out, you have
hired a sorcerer to fight the one I was going to kill and you have undoubtedly
been plotting various schemes against me."
"We would not
plot against you, Nasty One." prime minister Leon said calmly. "On
the contrary, we have done everything we can to help you in your hard
tasks."
"Your help was
not asked and definitely not needed, I can take care of my own business better
than any sorcerer or politician can. I happen to hate politics! And if you
intend to go on with this, I am going to hate politicians, too. And people do
not want to be hated by me."
The members of the
House were shocked to see the Nasty One, the man about whom they had talked
about for so long, advancing, closing in on them, sword drawn, face severe.
The prime minister seemed to be the only one who could keep his composure.
"Look, Nasty
One, you entered this town killing five town guards. This way you already got
a bad name with the knights and especially the king-knight. Then you clashed
with the king-knight and I am sure he is even now plotting against you. The
fact that he managed to get a spy in your house is just more evidence. We are
the natural opponents of the knights and so we seek to help everybody who is
against them."
"I am not
against the knights." the Nasty One said. Several politicians gasped at
this statement.
"I have no
problem with members of the knighthood and the Calm One is not a spy even if
he was sent as one. So I am not in need of your help and it is my demand that
you stop any activities concerning me. I do not want to see any of your
spies near my apartment or I will return to this place. And then, more than
this will happen."
A statue at the
other side of the room suddenly lost its head as it clattered to the floor.
When they all looked back, the Nasty One was gone.
"Everything
has been for nothing! We will never get him on our side now! I do not believe
he can be convinced."
"Four thousand
goldweights thrown away, for a goal that can never be achieved!"
"He has fallen
for the knights, now he is threatening us!"
"I told you
that hiring a sorcerer would backfire!"
"I knew
something like this would happen!"
Not even the
constant hammering could silence the crowd at once. When the prime minister
finally regained control of the House, he raised his hands.
"Do not worry,
dear men. Remember the ace we have in our sleeve, an ace delivered to us by
Desiderius. After all, the Nasty One says he has no problem with the
knighthood. But think of the trouble he will have when the knighthood will
want to deliver him to the troops that will be besieging this town soon. They
will destroy the town when they do not get him, and then the knights will
acquiesce seeing this is the only way to save the town they think is
theirs."
"But that will
not bring the Nasty One to us."
"He need not
specifically be with us, as long as he is against the knights, as it all comes
down to the same thing: the fall of the knighthood."
"Hear,
hear." came some murmurs of approvement.
"Of course I
must remind you that all that is said here is to be held within these doors.
To avoid any kind of leaking of this precious information, I advise you to all
go home and to bed when this session ends. Do not go to the Goblins Inn or any
other public place. Not even the Old Wheel."
Several chuckled
hearing the name of the brothel, some others bowed, thus betraying they
sometimes went there. Actually, it was quite common that politicians went
there, even the married ones. After all, they knew that visiting a prostitute
had nothing to do with cheating on their wives, this was business as they paid
for it. Such was their
lifestyle.
But still tonight
would hold no such pleasures as they all realised the importance of secrecy
this time.
Of course, secrecy
was well-known to them as this was the way they had 'governed' the town for a
long time now. But soon, they knew, things would shift to their favour.
They had paid good
money for a sorcerer they had underestimated for a long time, but even the
most experienced politician admired the master plan Desiderius had come up
with.
"You have many
feelings, Nasty One. But take it from an old knight that we sometimes also
have gut feelings. This Desiderius has been gone for some time now and I don't
like it a bit. I would not be surprised if he had not given up yet while I
simply cannot believe that the politicians would fall for threats, even ones
as big as you deal them. We have tried to use threats for all the time we have
been in the Assembly and they are still here and doing what they do best so I
don't think one man will make much of a change, even if one is as mighty and
nasty as you are."
"Though the
trick with the statue might have been a good one." Jon said. The Nasty
One nodded in thoughts.
"It is late
enough. Time for evening practice."
"When are you
going to play the bagpipe again?"
"Not for a
good while. I am finally glad I am rid of that sorcerer, now at last you are
safe and the Red One is safe."
"You still
intend to be her guard?"
"When she
learns how to control the powers she possesses, she does not need somebody to
protect her from others. But aye, I will be her guard. As she needs somebody
to protect her from herself."
With these words
the Nasty One left, his sword hanging in a scabbard across his back.
16
A large white gap
in what had been a black hole. A large clearance where great evil had once
been. The Nasty One was satisfied, for now he really realised what that
sorcerer had been up to. He understood everything about the man and his
dangerous schemes now. Getting the key was just a part of the great plan that
would lead him to victory against the rest of the world. He had really
believed that he could rule the universe without destroying it as the balance
that held life in its palm would certainly be disturbed when one man would
gain power over it, as that man would have his mind looking at one side.
But when he looked
deeper into the white gap, he saw a small eye of red slowly approaching, and
he knew who that was: it was the woman, who had inherited the man's powers.
Fortunately, this
usually did not go with inheriting the man's ideals and plans. But this woman
had been weak, very weak indeed, due to lack of dedication. And while the Wise
One would keep an eye on her in the name of the Council he himself would be a
key factor for her success as a woman of the good will.
Then suddenly the
image disappeared to the Nasty One as he slowly let the mass of thoughts leave
his body as if it were a real mass with gravity. With this he sank a little
bit into the ground as suddenly new images came to his mind. He saw large
black bugs and beetles creeping all over the realms, slowly but steadily surrounding
one small spot.
It took him a while
to understand this enigmatic vision but soon he knew enough: there were more
enemies, and these would gather themselves and then threaten him and those
with him together. While the Nasty One was not concerned at all about his own
life -that happened only in fights with Dark Bodies- he was concerned about
those with him.
Maybe I should
leave this town, he thought by himself.
Leave it all
behind, the black holes, the bugs, and of course that political battle of
power fought by two hordes of talkers, disgusting men who liked to hold people
in thrall while they did not know the true meaning of power, even if they
thought they did.
They think they
have power, the Nasty One almost murmured, slowly rising from the small pit he
had created by the gravity of his thoughts. Slowly he started to glow a faint
blue again and he seemed to grow. He drew his sword which started to glow with
him. The light became more intense and suddenly the Nasty One rocketed into
the air, holding his sword up. With the speed of sound he soared over the
area, for there was something he could not comprehend: where did the beetles
and the bugs come from?
Who were they, and
what did they want?
And then all of a
sudden, he knew the answer.
I should have
killed that Drunk One, he thought by himself.
I am sure he is
behind all this. Certainly, after killing the first sorcerer, he knew that the
Drunk One would be no match for him. And the Drunk One had realised just that,
so he sought allies. Not a bad thought, in fact. But not wise, either, as the
only wise thought was to give it all up and run away as fast as he could.
Aye, he should have
run, as unlikeable as it was.
And the Nasty One
would kill upon sight now when he saw him as there was one thing he hated:
being chased.
"Bring as many
allies as you want, Drunk One. I will see to it that you will not much longer
drink your alcohol."
He slowly descended
and then suddenly dove at a pheasant, sword point down. Like a hawk he caught
his prey and he took his time to prepare dinner.
"They may be
coming, but I am as ready as ever." he said to himself, carefully
roasting the meat over a fire he had built and lit with the energy coming from
his body.
"How come I
never actually see you sleep? You are awake in the morning and in the night.
Do you never sleep?"
"Of course I
sleep, Short One. Not very long, that is all. I suffice with three or four
hours. Are the Red One and the Wise One back yet?"
"Aye, they
returned from the tower when you were gone, she should still be sleeping over
there. Hey, where has she gone?"
"She is not
here. Are you sure she slept here last night?"
"Of course I
am. Why, you think she has been sleeping with that sorcerer?"
"That is none
of my concern, I just want to know where she is."
"I can tell
you that." Sir Michael said, coming in for the first time without
knocking.
"They are
together on the battlements."
"On the
battlements? Why, are we under siege?" Jon said, hoping to make a good
joke. But then he saw the severe face of the knight. "Are we, then?"
"Beetles and
bugs." the Nasty One spoke to their amazement.
"After seeing
that the power of sorcery could not harm me they are trying to get me with an
army of beetles and bugs."
"They are
human all-right. Why beetles and bugs?"
"That is the
ease I will crush them with."
"You think
they are coming for you then?"
"Of course.
Everything that has transpired here the last couple of weeks has been about
me. I am used to it, as horrid as that may sound. Who are these ones? People
hired by those politicians?"
"We have no
identification on them yet. I suggest you follow me to the battlements to see
who they are and what they want."
"I have a
vague feeling the Drunk One is there, with them."
"That
Desiderius? Could well be possible. You should take a look."
"I am coming.
This is starting to annoy me gravely."
Before they climbed
on the battlements the king-knight, now dressed in full armour, cautiously
tapped the Nasty One on his plated chest.
"I think it is
best you do not show yourself, Nasty One. Not until we know who they are and
what they want."
"It is
something I was going to find out myself. Why should I stay out of this when
it is probably me they want?"
"I have no
need for a massacre here. Sir Michael has warned me of your capabilities of
causing an onslaught, and it would be unwise to start the fighting at
once."
"They are not
coming here for the good beer, you know. Then they would not bring siege
engines with them."
"Lord
Reighward, they have only beset the western side, the citizens can flee
through the east gate if they want."
"It is not
needed to evacuate the town. We can handle this." the king-knight said
with a surprising assurance in his voice.
"Where does
this sudden optimism come from? I hope you are not counting on me, since I am
not yours to command and I came here only to find the Red One and to see who
dares to threaten me this time."
"I have a
feeling that sorcerer is behind this, at least one of those who threatened
you."
"That can only
be the one who drained the innkeeper from his fire ale since the other one is
no more, I saw to that with the help of the one you wanted to hire, an old
associate of mine."
"You killed
him?"
"Aye. And do
not forget to treat the Red One with respect, as she now has powers the Wise
One can even dream about."
"I thought as
much. So it is Desiderius you think?"
"I am not
sure. This looks like an army of marauders, not experienced mercenaries.
They wear no uniform except for some."
"You surely
have keen eyes that you can see all this. Do you recognise the uniforms?"
The Nasty One shook
his head.
Then suddenly one
man from the group stepped forward and put a device to his mouth that would
enhance his voice.
"Knights of
Vintel, the choice is yours! Either you hand over to us the man known as the
Nasty One, of whom we are positive he is in your town, or face our siege and
make us sack your town!"
"Identify
yourself, villain!" the king-knight yelled. Two men with shields were
ready to protect their lord from a sudden range assault while all the knights
held their swords and spears in their hands.
"Ny name is
master Maels, central head of the tax control organisation."
"Tax
organisation? More politics?"
"You have no
right to call your organisation thus! You are outlaws, robbing the
innocent!" the king-knight defied.
"The name does
not matter, it is what we want. Surrender or face the perils of siege!"
"So who is
this?" the Nasty One asked behind the battlements. "Remember that
band of marauders you butchered to rescue her? I bet that was part of this
large army." Jon said.
"Now what? Are
you going to confront them?" Sir Michael asked.
"Most
certainly." the Nasty One said and drew his sword, then shoved the
king-knight aside unceremoniously.
"I am the
Nasty One and it is me you seem to want. Know then that besieging this town is
not the way, annoying bugs!" his voice thundered over the town and the
fields where the enemies had gathered themselves, setting up camp between the
trees.
"The Royal One
here holds no power over me. In fact, nobody holds power over me. If you want
to sack this town that is fine with me, but if it is me you want then try
something else as this will not work with me. I summon you to leave now, with
all your nine hundred and twenty-three men, or fifty of them will die each
night that you are still around here."
"Is that a
threat?" Maels asked hesitantly.
"It is a
promise. Now leave." the Nasty One said. Suddenly Maels shouted something
and no less that thirty arrows were aimed and fired directly at the Nasty One,
who seemed to be unmoving. Many shouted but they were all surprised as they
heard the enormous gasp from the people outside the gates as the Nasty One
still stood there, unblinking, holding thirty arrows in his hands.
"It is a nice
offer, but I do not use bows. Now leave."
And with that he
descended.
"I am no
longer surprised that he could catch all those arrows." Sir Michael said
to one of his pupils, watching the tall man leave. "But how could he have
counted them so fast?"
"So he coldly
comes up and tells us to leave. Now who does he think he is, and, what is
more, who is he?"
"As I told
you, a master of a certain type of magic called Body Life Magic. They fear
nobody except themselves and are said to be capable of massive
onslaught."
"So he can
make true of his threats?"
"I am not
sure. But I think it is wisest to strike right now, before they can organise a
good defence. After all, that is what an attack is all about. When you will
really lay calm siege on this town they may be able to call upon others in the
knighthood, as there are more towns in this area that are ruled by the
knighthood. I speak of Wainthar, Gunwed, Castalon, Sword Peaks, Mergrith and
Nuythas, all towns within a few days reach of this town."
"So many? You
should have told me in the first place, man! And I see sorcerers there, if my
eyes do not betray me."
"You are
right. But do not worry about them, I will take care of those."
"Then I will
give the command to attack at once."
"Finally a
wise decision." the sorcerer said with a satisfied smile on my face.
"Oh, only one more thing."
"Coming right
up." Maels said, ordering a servant to bring some more of the notorious
fire ale.
"We need you
in defending this town, Nasty One. If your count is accurate they will
outnumber us approximately four to one."
"My count is
precise, unless the sorcerer is there, too. Then there are nine hundred and
twenty-four. But you can hold the battlements and I think that trained knights
should be able to defend the walls against some ruffians."
"So you will
not help us?" the king-knight asked. The reports from Sir Michael had
indicated that one could talk to this man, if it were only on a fighter's
base.
"Hail! The
knighthood has brought an army upon our town! They will not listen to the
marauders who demand only the stranger who has raised their ire!" came a
sudden voice from within the walls.
"The
politicians. I feared as much. They will try everything to attack us."
the king-knight sighed.
"I know. Even
if it takes employing an army of marauders, as they put it."
"You mean they
have caused this?"
"I have strong
suspicions about them. I have had a few small confrontations with them as you
will undoubtedly have heard from your spies. They did hire the sorcerer who is
probably with these men, and one thing leads to another."
"What makes
you think the sorcerer is there in the first place while you have not detected
his presence?"
"It is only
logical to assume. The sorcerer leaves and out of nowhere they come. Looks
like the sorcerer told that Gaudy One that I had killed that small band, so to
hear part of his large mob. So he aroused their anger on purpose, maybe even
suggested that they should lay siege on this town."
"It makes
sense, indeed. Maybe you should ask the sorcerers to seek him out." Jon
suggested.
"What is that
there?"
"The sign to
attack. Wait, I will deal with this in a minute." the Nasty One said
calmly. He climbed onto the battlements again, for all the attackers to see.
Remembering full well how the man had caught thirty arrows shot at him at the
same time they halted in hesitation and watched in awe as the man raised his
arms to the sky, then put his hands together in front of him. Around his
hands, a concentration of blue energy started to shape itself into a large
ball of light blue fire and with a roar he let go of it, pushing it just in
front of the attackers. This caused a large explosion which blew up the first
lines and made a large pit in the ground where it had struck, soil raining
down on the men.
The men suddenly
retreated in haste, fear of this man in their eyes. And not even master Maels
could encourage them now, promising the heaviest punishments for deserters.
"We cannot
fight this man, master Maels. He kills without thought and with powers we have
never seen." his second man said.
"Crap! Charge!
I command this!"
"We have to
wait, master Maels. Even the Nasty One should need sleep. We should strike at
night."
"And what
about his promise to strike at night?" Desiderius sneered.
"We hope we
can prevent this. We will stay on guard, on the double or triple."
"Here goes a
big army, retreating for one man." the sorcerer's mocking voice
continued.
"Then you stop
him, in the name of the gods!"
"I have not
the power to deal with him."
"Neither have
we!"
"It is your
brother." the sorcerer shrugged.
"We need you
to seek out the Drunk One. We have reason to believe he is behind all
this." the Nasty One said matter-of-factly to the two sorcerers.
"We believe
this, too, but have been unable to detect him. But we did detect spells of
warding around one tent."
"Which one?
The one with the gaudy banners?"
"Aye, that
one."
"I will check
out on that one. Right back. I am going to end this for once and for all.
Where is the Royal One?"
"I am right
here, Nasty One." the king-knight said in a voice of respect, as he had
learned the Nasty One liked that.
"As for your
small game of politics, you can arrest the politicians if you want. They are
behind this, now that we know the sorcerer they hired is there. And of course
for the fake propaganda you just heard."
"What are you
going to do then?"
"Just watch,
if you can."
The attackers were
still outside, standing, awaiting new commands. They would certainly not
charge again as long as that man was in sight but they would not retreat to
their camps. Slowly they started to move the siege towers but they knew that
would not work here.
"Oh Nasty One,
can you do aught else but kill?" Griwalda asked.
"Now why
that?"
"You could
keep Desiderius alive, for there are some people who have questions."
"Is he the
right one for that? Ever tried to question a sorcerer?"
"We have
little choice. That Maels, the Gaudy One, is a man who would really rather die
than talk and we have to build some evidence against the politicians."
"Is it not
that you still owe this Drunk One?"
"Not after
what he has done to me."
"Is it not
that men of the will can free themselves from imprisonment?"
"Aye, unless
we can create a field of anti-magic, like the one Methahon put on the room I
was being held in."
"I will see if
there is a chance to keep him alive. I cannot guarantee you this,
however."
And with that the
Nasty One closed his eyes to deepen his concentration. Everybody stepped
back for they felt the power surging into his body. The now-familiar glow
returned but with an intensity they had never seen before. Now the Nasty One
seemed not only to be surrounded by the blue fire, but he seemed to be ablaze.
He even seemed to struggle to retain control of it and then suddenly they all
turned away from the sight as the Nasty One was changing into a grotesque
monster, a shape that seemed to come right out of his body even though it was
twenty times bigger than the man himself had been.
"He told me
about it once. It is called the Inner Dragon, the single most powerful action
one can undertake. It multiplies his attacking strength a hundredfold to
even a thousandfold. We should seek shelter." Jon warned.
"I am not
going to miss one second of this." Sir Michael shook his head. The others
were also still standing. The crowd below shrieked in panic as the dragon dove
down and released a beam of energy that was indeed so many times more powerful
than the small blow he had dealt earlier. The foundations of the houses in the
town shook violently, trees snapped like so many dead twigs, the grass was
scorched in mere seconds as the fire hit the ground. The blow took many lives
and splintered the mighty siege engines with ease. The blue dragon attacked
again with ferocity. People fled in terror as the merciless creature from
their nightmares swooped over again, taking many lives each time with blasts
of unknown origin.
Surprisingly, the
well-guarded tent still stood.
"This be not a
man, this be a monster!" a man yelled outside before perishing in the
flames. Maels felt his blood crawling from under his skin as he heard the
shrieks of death outside. Desiderius took a nonchalant gulp from his flagon of
fire ale.
"Everything is
destroyed except this tent upon which I laid protection. Nothing can happen
here else we would have been long dead. We will wait the storm."
"And then
what? I have good reason to believe all my men are dead or horribly
wounded!"
"So what?
Well, we failed, that's all. At least we are alive."
"And that is
all there is. This expedition has cost me close to everything I had."
"Except for
the fact that you no longer need to pay anyone and that all the treasure is
yours."
"That is
indeed a fact. Unless you intend on double-crossing me." Maels said,
looking at the drunk sorcerer with suspicion. "Now you think I need your
lousy money? Well, as a matter of fact I could use some. You suggest I dispose
of you? You give me a nice plan, Maels. With your men gone, there is nobody to
stop me."
Maels suddenly drew
a dagger and threw it in one fluid motion. Moments before it struck the
unprepared sorcerer he saw the green liquid on the tip. Poison! With hatred in
his eyes the sorcerer took a last gulp and pointed at Maels who suddenly
stiffened and dropped dead. Raising his flagon to his mouth, the sorcerer
found himself unable to breathe and died, holding on to the flagon of fire ale
even in death. Just then, the tent flap opened and a tall man shook his head
with a smile.
"But do not
blame me, I did everything I could to keep you alive."
Still shaking his
head, he started searching through the chests of treasury to claim his part:
all of it.
17
"So we have
nobody to question. You killed them all... in five minutes or so." the
king-knight said, awe in his voice as he overlooked the mass of bodies and
scorched lands.
"It is not
even that unusual." the Nasty One said.
The king-knight
looked up in horror as he heard the indifference in the big man's voice.
"Still
publication of what we know will be enough to end the plotting of the
politicians. This time we have them."
"Little it
matters to me."
"I know, but
for us it is important. Is it all over now?"
"It should be.
But there is a more important task, the description of which I cannot give
you. I will be leaving town tomorrow, together with my companions. And we
will not be back for some time, if ever."
"Then what
should we do with your apartment? You paid for five months."
"Then leave it
as it is for the next five months. If you have not heard from either one of us
in that time it is safe to say that I will not be returning. My life is one of
constant travel."
"I understand.
From one massacre to another."
"Most of the
time, aye. I came here trying to avoid things like that but to no avail, as
usual."
"In case
something happens, is there a possibility we can contact you?"
"I think not.
But I will keep a small eye on this town now and then, and if anything happens
I will notice. And with me I have a man who has lived in this town for long
years, they will want to stay in touch with what happens here."
"So it is the
same procedure again. You kill and leave."
"With one
difference. This time I do not go alone."
"And is that
important?"
"Could be.
Time will tell."
While the many
knights were busy to clean up the mess, building large pyres and mass-graves
for the fallen outlaws, the Nasty One started packing. Calmly he packed his
bag and crammed his many belongings in it.
"You would not
want a horse to pack? During your short stay you made a lot of money."
"I will get
even more. I have found information about this band of outlaws, and I know
where their vault is. It will be filled with road taxes, and I think the
treasure will be immeasurable."
"What do you
do with all that money then? It will be enough to start a kingdom of your own
would you be interested in that. I know, you are not." Jon said.
"I donate most
of it to charity. The church collects money to help the poor. And though most
of the clergy is as corrupt as the politicians I happen to know some really
good priests who do everything to help the poor."
"If all your
adventures are so filled with gaining riches there must be few poor people
left." Sir Michael regarded.
"True enough,
but it is difficult to fight poverty. The rich keep people poor on purpose, to
get themselves even richer."
"Do you also
donate to the knighthood?"
"To this band
of corrupt semi-politicians so that they can pay their spies? No way."
"Just a
thought. The knighthood has its good sides. And I think that the king-knight
may have learned a harsh lesson here. Now he will understand what playing too
much with politics can lead to."
"So far he was
the luckiest. I did not kill him, he did not have to pay me anything and he
even did not have to pay the Wise One."
"Money is not
everything." Sir Michael said softly.
"It is the
only thing." grinned Jon.
"I am going to
miss this town." he said then.
"The inn, the
gossip, the politics... "
"I did not
demand that you go with us, it was just a question."
"Fair enough,
but I would not want to miss anything. I think it can work out perfectly. As
we know, we have all been loners and being with friends can only be
good."
"Though I will
not have much time now I am a dedicated woman of the will. I need much time
for my studies, especially for the initial studies about controlling the power
I now possess."
"Could you
still use the powers from that Desiderius?"
"I would never
want his powers. Apart from the fact that I owed a bit to him, his energy is
perverted by alcohol and would I absorb that I may also start to need liquor
to control it well."
"As a matter
of fact, Desiderius took the drinks because he could not control the powers he
had acquired. He drank to dim the powers within him, to make everything
looking a bit more rudimentary. This way he could think of powerful spells as
being simple ones and though it is a rare and dangerous way, he could deal
with it quite well. It is everything but advisable, though." Antharion
spoke.
"I will not
take to drinking, thank you. It would have been difficult with an anti-alcohol
man such as the Nasty One."
"That, too.
But you have seen what kind of a man he has become. He was a disgrace for all
who control the will."
"Certainly.
Though in his own way he was a genius. A perverted one but a genius
nonetheless."
"I will not
deny it, though I hope he has not set an example for anybody."
"I have my
obligation here, in the knighthood. It is really a pity I cannot come with
you." Sir Michael said.
"Do not worry,
we will know where to find you should we need you."
"Not much need
of an old fighter when the Nasty One is there."
"True, Sir
Michael, but I was talking more about a friend than about a man of the
sword."
"And I thank
you for that, lady Griwalda. Be certain that your new tower will be visited by
me if you allow me."
"Any time, Sir
Michael." the sorceress said with dignity.
"I will be
leaving then, I bid you all farewell."
With this, the
knight brandished his sword in salute and turned his heels.
"You do not
have many belongings here, Griwalda." Antharion noticed as the woman
packed her small knapsack.
"I did not
come here with intentions to stay long. I have been tracing the Nasty One to
thank him for saving me from Methahon and to get to know him a bit better. And
now that I do I do not regret it, however frightening he may be some
times."
"As long as
nobody gives me reason to, I am not frightening." he objected.
"Says a man
who just slaughtered over nine hundred in a few minutes time, a man who can
turn into a dragon of light."
Jon said with a
grin.
"The inner
dragon is not something I like to use, yet I thought it was better at this
time. I have given them all the warnings, all the opportunities to flee and
live. They chose to stay and fight, and I thought the inner dragon was the
quickest and least painful way to deal death here."
"I can imagine
that. But that beam... does that all come from your body?"
"Aye. It is
the reason I am very tired now. It is all my own life energy that I throw at
them. I must rest for some time now."
"I guess you
are able to fire only one blast like that in some days."
"One day, to
be exact. My training allows me to rest deeper than normal people. That is
also why I only need a few hours of sleep where a healthy human needs eight
hours. Only this way can I regain enough life energy to do it again if need be
in one day. I am, however, still able to do some lesser actions."
"Still? Then
you did not fire all your energy into that beam?"
"Of course
not, this was just a fraction of it. I hold more even, and I know how to
concentrate the power so I need to use less than normal. And it has been some
time ago already so I already restored some energy."
"Impressive.
If I would unleash that much power by the will it would take me weeks to
recover, if I can even do this in one time."
"It would
surprise me if you could. It takes a good body to host a good soul or a strong
will. And sorcerers are usually quite skinny."
"So you mean
that with a stronger body one can host more power? This goes against all
theories of sorcery." Antharion said, looking up in surprise.
"It is
perfectly logical, though. It is the base of my class. A fit mind in a fit
body. You cannot cast your spells well when you are already exhausted."
"True
enough."
"And that is
temporary fitness, the fitness of a day. This way sorcerers who are in a bad
condition can cast less spells than totally fit ones."
"It all makes
sense. Problem is that a fit sorcerer will be less powerful as it takes a lot
of time to stay fit. While we need this time already for our studies which
give us our real powers. We keep only our mind fit, by study and
meditation."
"It is easier
to meditate when in a good physical shape."
"Is it? I have
never heard of that."
"You should
really shape up and try. It works."
"There is a
world of difference between our skills, Nasty One, but there are
similarities."
"Of course. We
both draw the strength from our bodies. Only you draw it from the will and I
draw it from the soul."
"Where do you
draw the line?" Griwalda asked.
"Now that is
something you should have known as it is elementary. The will is something
you can control from day to day, something you can strengthen temporarily. The
soul needs a process of pure cleansing before it can be used but when it is
used, it is always there for you while you must struggle to get your will
doing what you need of it."
"But how can
you have a purged soul when killing so damn much? It is hard to imagine."
Jon said.
"It is the
training that comes with it. These people have never really meant anything to
me. I knew that they were coming, as in my soul I saw beetles and bugs trying
to sneak in. And that is how I crushed them, like bugs."
"Ah, now I
understand why you said that. So it would hurt you more than when you would
kill or hurt somebody you did know or even felt affection for?"
The Nasty One
nodded silently.
"And then?
Then you play the bagpipe?"
"In a case as
heavy as that, the bagpipe, which is really an instrument to relieve the soul,
not to purge it, is only the first preparation. Then I must reach the state of
pure nothingness, to bathe in a blankness not known to others, who are not
trained in the Body Life magic."
"A procedure
difficult to understand and for us seemingly impossible to learn."
Antharion said.
"I am all set.
We will leave tomorrow at dawn, right?"
"Fine with
me." the Nasty One said and lay down on his bed, realising it had been
only the second time he had lain there since the sorceress had occupied the
bed the other times.
It was early when
the five horses left the town. To their surprise they saw a row of knights
waiting for them at the gates. Immediately they saw Sir Michael, the
king-knight and the other members of the Assembly and understood it was a line
of honour. The knights all saluted when they rode by and they rode by slowly,
bringing silent salutes to Sir Michael and the king-knight.
"What is this
all for?"
"Probably for
defeating the enemies that laid siege upon the town. But then again, they
would never have come if it weren't for you so that does not matter much. But
of course you also rid the town of the secret power of the politicians, and I
know the king-knight will be very grateful for that as they constantly plotted
to undermine his authority."
"The knights
have been not much better. Through some other ways that show similarities they
have also tried to gain me for their side. The prime minister approached you
with means of fake friendship, the Calm One is sent by the knights but came
with real friendship. The politicians hire a sorcerer first to help me but
then to destroy me and the knights also want to hire a sorcerer, but
fortunately they get a wise one rather than that Drunk One. It all comes down
to the same thing: they want to use my powers to get rid of each other. It is
just that the knights made some better choices but now they know that only I
decide where I stand and I will not be influenced, by anybody."
He took one more
look at the town where he had brought some turbulence and then spurred his
horse. Even though his horse was packed the most, they had trouble following
him as the animal was almost as fit as its master.
"Why in such a
hurry? Eager to leave that town?" Antharion asked, amused.
"I hate delay
on the road."
"We could have
used other means to get there, if you are really in a hurry."
"Of course
not, I have my horse and I will not abandon it. It has served me well for
three years."
"It looks
indeed as fit as one might expect when such a fit man has been its master for
years. The animal is fit and fast, and I do not doubt that it has an excellent
condition." said Jon, observing the animal.
"But can it
also turn itself into a dragon?"
All laughed loudly.
Then suddenly the Nasty One rose his hand and they all silenced. Automatically
the horses stopped, and they watched as the animals sniffed in the air,
pointing their ears backwards.
"What is
it?"
"Boars. A
whole herd of them coming from there." he pointed in the direction they
were headed.
"Any chance of
crossing them?"
"Aye, a big
one."
"What are we
going to do? Slay them?"
"That will
probably not be needed. It is senseless to kill more animals than you need to
eat."
"So easy with
killing hundreds of men and then so social with wildlife?"
"Why not? They
do not threaten us, at least not as dangerously as men would."
"Then what are
you going to do?"
"There they
are." he pointed and descended.
In a commanding
stance he waited for the boars, nine in total as was usual for their packs.
They came to a dead halt when they saw the man standing on the road. The
leader of the pack trotted over to the Nasty One where he stared at him with
pitch black eyes. This went on for three minutes, then the boar snorted and
turned around. With a horrible sound he communicated with the others and then
the beasts ran on, curving around the party.
"How did you
do that?" Griwalda asked.
"It is what
you or the Wise One could have done. A mere contest of wills. You only need
the courage to stand in front of them, as they feed on fear. Some of these
wild boars have even been known as man-eaters."
"You know a
lot about the woods and its inhabitants."
"Of course, it
is where I have lived all my life."
"We will be
there in a few days. I am looking forward to actually install myself in my new
tower - our new tower, I should say, for it would have never been mine if it
were not for you."
"Fine with me.
I will take the biggest sleeping room." the Nasty One said with a rare
grin.
18
The three of them
were sitting in what they had decorated as the living room: a room richly
furnitured with soft sofas and luxurious chairs.
"So I bought
you the weight set, Short One, but why did you want it?"
"I have
thought long about what you have told us about physical training. Though I may
be short, I believe that strength is not one of your training's main points,
neither is height."
"The bigger
they are, the harder they fall."
"Right. And so
I decided to work a bit on my condition. I did not want the weight set to
really grow stronger, but my muscles are now tired after some light work and
that is not the way it is supposed to be, I guess."
"You are
right. You would become my pupil then? You know I do not take pupils."
"I am not
talking about Body Life magic, Nasty One. I would not become a man who has to
kill his teacher in the end. Your ways are a bit too cruel for me. But there
is nothing wrong with shaping up."
The Nasty One
looked at the short man with his sleek dark hair falling on his shoulders and
those penetrating light blue eyes, always looking around curiously, hoping to
pick up something new. More a thief than a warrior, the Nasty One thought with
a smile. But he saw that even the Short One had changed. Gone was the cheerful
sparkle in the man's eyes. Gone the curl of joy in the corners of his mouth.
Aye, the Short One had learned a harsh lesson from the various encounters in
the small town. And he had even not changed like the woman, who was now
suddenly very powerful. But she had had little time to relax for the past few
weeks had been weeks of hard study to deal with the powers she had obtained,
the powers of one of the most powerful sorcerers in the world. It had not been
easy to control her newfound strength but the Wise One had helped her through
patiently. She had drawn the strength to continue from both the Wise One and
the Nasty One, who realised she saw him not only as a friend or even lover but
also as an example when it came to persistence. He also helped her with some
physical training for exhaustion would bring a better condition and she
would be the first one to learn to combine sorcery with a good physique.
He himself also had
a lot to do. There was this book the Wise One had found in this tower, the one
he had taken from the sorcerer when he was still alive. The book told a lot
about men like himself, about the origins of the bracelet and much more. Then
the Wise One had brought him a book about Body Life magic, an ancient book
that required great care else the pages would crumble. The language it was
written in was difficult to decipher but this gave him a great insight in his
class. This book contained more information than even his master could have
given him and he was determined to memorise the whole book before putting it
away. Then he suddenly found something in the book and frowned.
"The Lost
Move?" he asked aloud.
"What lost
move?"asked Jon.
"That is what
I am trying to discover. The book writes about the Lost Move, the move that
has not been taught for long years. It seems to equal the Inner Dragon in
power while it does not take half as much energy from the performer. The bad
thing about it is that it is twice as dangerous."
"What danger
is there then?"
"Well, you can
understand that when performing the Inner Dragon, there is a danger. After
all, I do nothing else than to set myself ablaze with the power that is
normally within my body. The power unleashed is then wild and free and must be
mastered before it can be used. Mastering the power is more difficult than it
seems, as it is in fact nothing more than raw strength that has been released
from the body that used to control it. It must be controlled again, outside
the body, and there is the chance that it will not be mastered and backfire in
the struggle."
"I am not sure
I understand all this but what you are trying to say is that you can be killed
by your own inner strength that you have brought out."
"Exactly."
"Sounds
dangerous, indeed. A bit like pushing the will in order to cast a spell. When
you miscast a spell the results are equally dangerous."
"Aye. And
though few ever do it, it is possible to retire from sorcery.There is no
retiring from Body Life magic as the energy burns within the body."
"Are you
finally at ease now?" Jon asked.
"As much as I
will ever be, I guess. The town was just too mixed up in its own affairs, and
many there were. It was only logical that problems would follow me there. But
here in this confined tower I think there must be a way to rest
undisturbed."
"And what do
you do then? You are obviously used to... to do something! Just sitting lazily
seems to be nothing for you."
"True enough,
but resting is important, something one should not neglect. You owe it to the
body that serves you so well, I always say."
"But then,
what will you do? You and Antharion will guide her until she has full control
over her newfound skills and power, and what then?"
"I hate to
plan things for the far future, as there has always been something that came
in between."
"I understand.
So now you wait until something happens, then you will go into action
again."
"And do not
forget that I have something to do right now. I must be there when she studies
her new powers."
"You are not a
sorcerer, then what can you do?"
"As you know,
sorcery is a way of the will. And while I cannot control sorcery, I can
influence the will. When her will runs out of hand, I can be there to correct
her."
"And what
about Antharion then?"
"He is more
involved when the actual learning process starts because he is a man of the
will. But the man also has a difficult task, as he is trying to learn the
woman more than he himself knows. She will grow to be more powerful than he
is, and for the Wise One this is difficult. After all, how can one teach
another more than he knows himself? Yet this is the task that is bestowed upon
the Wise One."
"Speaking of
whom, where is he now?"
"Waiting for
you in the casting chamber."
"How do you...
ah, I will never understand that. I will go to him then. Are you also
coming?"
"I will be
there when I am needed."
Griwalda left the
room in a steady pace, looking calmly from the outside but the Nasty One could
see right through that and saw how nervous she was. He had not bothered to
tell her she was getting a bit too nervous to control the powers she now possessed
but when she would need them he would be there, knowing exactly what to do.
He looked around
and saw that the Short One was sitting in the chair, his eyes closed, trying
to concentrate.
As one who could
feel concentration at once he smiled and clapped in his hands. The locksmith
jumped and opened his eyes.
"Not that way.
Just the way you sit is very wrong. It is not comfortable enough, you are
trying to force it."
"Force it?
Should I relax more then?" Jon asked.
"No, that is
not possible in this position. What would happen if you would fall asleep in
this position?"
"I would have
a heck of a pain in the muscles when I wake up. I get your point. It must be a
position I can sleep in. But I saw you sit in this position as well and you
seem to be fine in it."
"That is
because my physique is a bit different. Apart from my strength and all, I am a
good two heads taller than you are and my limbs are also taller. That is why I
can sit well in that position. You should try to separate your legs a bit
more, bend the knees a bit less. Put your feet like this underneath your knees
and relax. It is not a natural position now but you will learn it to be
natural."
"I guess so.
So like this? It hurts a little."
"Of course, I
told you it would not feel natural right now. You will get used to it."
"And now?
Close my eyes?"
"No, that is
not needed now. Just look at that small column there. Focus on it, stare if
needed."
Slowly Jon started
to concentrate and the Nasty One felt it deepen and deepen.
"Not bad for a
first time." he murmured to himself.
Then suddenly
Antharion came down.
"Nasty One,
could you stop your exercise? Your concentration is penetrating the walls
and disturbing ours."
"I... it is
not me, as you see. It is him."
"Mister Man?
Then does he have concealed powers?"
"I do not
know. This is the first time I see him trying to concentrate. Or feel him, I
should say. He is able to do it very well, though. What this means I cannot
say."
"It is well
possible that he has the potential to become one of us."
"Or of us, for
that matter. It is something I would find out."
"But you do
not take pupils, you say."
"And with a
good reason. Of all people, I would not want to engage him in a fight to the
death after I had taught him everything."
"Maybe then
our ways should be better for him."
"That is not
true. You cannot say it is better for him only. It would be best for the two
of us, because we can both stay alive this way."
"It may not be
what he wants, though. He must decide himself."
"Not all
options are open. It is obvious that he wants to become one like me. He is
trying to concentrate plus he is working on his physique."
"But that
could also be because you explained that things can go better with a good
physique."
"Also
possible, but learning to concentrate is something we do first, while you
first do other things, like learning how to read runes. He has never attempted
to read runes, as far as I know."
"So you think
he is trying to be a master of Body Life magic?"
"I am not
sure. He might just be trying to improve his own abilities and he considers my
ways a handy help."
"This is an
interesting case. Would we find out more about this?"
"He knows I do
not take pupils and as I know no other master there is no way he can learn our
ways. For now I see no need to find out what he wants. When one has a problem
one must first try to solve it himself."
"True enough.
I will go back upstairs, Griwalda is waiting for me. Could you wake him from
his concentration?"
"Easy
enough."
Antharion left and
the Nasty One clapped in his hands again.
And no matter how
deep one's concentration could be, the Nasty One knew how to break it with a
simple clap in his hands. Naturally, it was more than a normal hand clap,
known only to ones like himself and mind manipulators.
"Not
good?" Jon asked, not realising he had been in a deep trance for fifteen
minutes.
"Surprisingly
good. Shocking good, I should say. The Wise One even came down telling me to
stop concentrating because it was disturbing their concentration."
"And I... did
all this?"
"Aye. Had you
focused your will on something I am afraid it would have happened."
"Is this
then... a talent? Something I have had in me all the time?"
"Possibly.
After all, your trade is one that requires a lot of concentration, both in
installing locks and picking them. You also need keen senses, especially when
you want to check if locks are trapped or something."
"Right, I
needed that when I took on that trapped chest in the casting chamber. It was
close to impossible but I did it nonetheless."
"And well.
None of the contents were destroyed."
Jon looked proud,
compliments from the Nasty One were sparse. "But why are you trying to
concentrate now? Do you want to become a sorcerer, or a master in Body Life
magic?"
"Not for now,
I know you don't take pupils. But I am only trying to become better in
everything, and you explained a few times how physical training and the
ability to concentrate can enhance your skills."
"True enough.
But the way you could deepen your concentration really impressed me."
"Well, when
they are not busy up there I can try it again."
"You should
try. It cannot hurt. Now I must continue with this book. That man had a lot of
information about me and my class, I did not know there was so much
documentation about it and I have discovered some new things - or rather
forgotten things, I should say."
"So you even
have something for yourself, instead of just helping out others."
"Finally
something I deserve, indeed."
Jon looked as the
Nasty One's eyes went to the pages again.
Then he walked at
the window and looked outside. Free of the curse, he had found life a bit
different. Where he should have been less concerned with the world around him
because he could not hurt anybody by hurting himself, his concern grew daily
and he wished there was something he could do to help. But apart from the many
locks in the tower that he had picked when they had raided it these
individuals did not really need him. He was used to being the news and gossip
source in the town, but these people did not care for gossip nor was there
anybody to gossip about.
So he had decided
that he would measure up to his friends one way or the other. He counted them
as his friends and he wanted to be more than a burden to them. And he did not
aspire to learn the ways of the Body Life magic nor would he become a
sorcerer. He was thinking of ways to be of use to his friends in a way they
did not master themselves.
Then suddenly he
knew it. With a smile on his face he turned around and relaxed in the chair he
had declared his.
19
"I am glad
that man has left now. He caused a lot of commotion here."
"But he also
rid us of the politicians for once and for all. And of Binor's gang. We rule
undisputed now."
"That is true
beyond doubt, Sir Michael. Do you think he will ever return?"
The knight who had
been installed as an Assembly member because of his efforts shook his head.
"I do not
think so. He left with the woman and the man, even with the sorcerer you
invited, to that tower and I think he will make that his habitat for a while
at least. From what we have learned from him he is used to travelling
around." Suddenly there was a lot of commotion downstairs and the lords
all rose, swords drawn. Then the door banged open and a towering figure
appeared in the doorway. Behind him they could see the terribly mutilated
bodies of the guards.
"Who are you
and what do you want?"
"Who do I
want, is the proper question. I want the Nasty One. I know he is here. Give
him to me or follow your men in death."
"Now who are
you to make threats like that?" the king-knight demanded haughtily but
then he saw the dark blue insignia on the man's black armour that looked all
too familiar, even as this sign cast more darkness around the man as the Nasty
One's which had been light.
"Names matter
little to me."
"Oh no, not
another one!" Sir Benjamin groaned.
"Aye, I am a
master of Body Life magic. Like the Nasty One, so now I know you know him.
Like you know how little I care about life and death. So, where is he?"
"He left a few
weeks ago, together with two sorcerers and a locksmith. He would travel to
parts unknown with them."
"You are
lying, man! And I hate it when people lie to me."
"The tower! He
went to a tower that belonged to a sorcerer he killed! The sorcerer was called
Miroan." Sir Michael tried to save himself desperately.
But it was too
late, the man started glowing a bright orange and the onslaught had begun.
"I will teach
the people in this town to mess with me!" the man shouted.
As the aura of
death became so intense it was almost visible to everybody, fear crept into
the hearts of the people in the small town. They fled in panic as death would
come swiftly to those who tarried.
Suddenly the Nasty
One rose in alarm.
"I must
go." was all he said and then he was gone.
"What...?"
was all Griwalda could say. Then Jon also rose.
"Vintel. It is
burning."
"How do you
know?"
"I can sense
it. Something has happened. And Nasty is going to find out what. But I fear
the worst."
"We must
follow him, then." Antharion said and he started concentrating.
"Wait, take me
with you!" Jon shouted but he saw Griwalda nodding and soon they were all
there.
And it was as they
feared: the town was burning.
They found
themselves bathing in blood, not one building was standing. Even the powerful
fort that had harboured the Knights' Assembly had fallen. Bodies were
everywhere, and not one living being could be spotted.
"Vernon!
No!" Jon shouted as he saw the body of a man he had known for some time.
"And even
Little Bert! No, who could have done such a thing! William Rat, the innkeeper
of the Goblins Inn! And dear Ianna! The whole inn is downed!"
Jon cried over the
bodies of the people he had known, and the sorcerers stood indecisively. Then
they found one lone man, standing atop the ruins of the fort. "Nasty
One!" Griwalda shouted and ran at him.
Automatically she
flung into his arms, weeping in shock. The Nasty One, not used to physical
contact, just held her close and tried to comfort her. Then he slowly pointed
down. "One alive. Barely, but alive. There. Oh no, Calm One!"
He lifted some
heavy boulders effortlessly, lifting only the ones that covered the barely
moving body of Sir Michael.
"Calm One,
what happened?"
"The Dark Body
happened." was all the knight could say in a harsh, rasping breath.
"He came...for you...and then he..." the knight gurgled and then his
eyes started into nothing as he died.
"No, not Sir
Michael!" Griwalda cried, still clinging to the Nasty One's body, feeling
the heat radiating through the coat of arms and the black leather.
"Aye, also Sir
Michael. And as far as I can see he hung in the longest, as he saw it as his
last duty to inform us. He stayed alive just to tell us." the Nasty One
said, his head bowed in respect for the dead.
"The Dark
Body? What Dark Body?"
"I told him
once, though he cannot have known everything. The Dark Body I did not finish
off. But it can also be another Dark Body, since I do not know how many are
alive."
"A Dark
Body... wiped out this entire town?"
"The Calm One
said he came for me, and he reacted when they did or did not tell him where I
was."
They both kept
silent for some time, and the only sounds heard were the bitter cries of Jon,
who discovered more and more bodies of people he had known all his life.
"You know,
when I first came into this town I said I would not give a damn when this
whole town got wiped out. And now it actually has been."
"And you do
give a damn, is that what you are trying to say?"
"I grieve for
the Calm One, and that Royal One was not the worst man in town, either."
"Then you have
learned compassion, though you paid a bitter price for it."
"Always. Every
time I learn something there is a price to pay for it, and never has it been
sweet."
Now she could hear
a tremor in the voice she had never heard quavering before.
"You need not
hide your emotions for me, Nasty One, if for anyone." she said though she
could barely hide her own emotions of shock and disgust seeing the massacre
that was even more appalling to her than the field of brigands that had fallen
at the hands of the man she held in her arms now.
She looked into his
eyes and saw him looking in the distance with a look of steel. Not a hint of
tears was there, though she would have expected those now more than ever.
No, a highly
emotional one he would never become, but though he did not show it, this upset
him greatly.
"What to do
now?" she wondered silently.
"First I must
bury this town. I do not know if anybody told the Dark Body where I was. He is
not lurking in the distance to see if I have come here, I would have sensed
that. How did you know anyway that I was here?"
"Jon told us
so. He told us Vintel was burning."
"That explains
much."
"What does it
explain then?"
"Later. You go
back home and take the other two with you. I must bury this town, as I said,
and then I will try to come back home as well, though I cannot say for sure
that I am coming home as there is no way to tell when the Dark Body will show
up. Not even the Short One can tell. Oh, and do your best to comfort him, it
is important that he gets no nervous breakdown since he has a newly developed
skill that requires his full concentration. Put him to sleep with your will if
needed. He needs a healing rest though it will also be possible that he gets
feverish nightmares then. Calm him down any way you can. Go now." he
instructed.
She nodded
hesitantly and moved away from his arms, slowly letting go of him but seeing
the impatience in his eyes now.
When the other
three were gone the Nasty One started concentrating again, levitating into
the air. With slow moves of his hands he spread his energy over the remains of
the town. Then the ground started shaking in an area that included the town
but not much ground outside it and slowly it started sinking into the ground
which covered it at once. The tremors lasted and when the Nasty One was
finished there was empty plain ground where the small but proud town of Vintel
had once stood.
"Rest well and
quiet, town." he said softly and then he turned around. He scanned the
area but did not find any sign of human life, nor did he detect the presence
of the Dark Body that he expected. Then he suddenly raised his finger in
thought. "What if they told him where I was? They are in great
danger!"
And immediately he
started concentrating again to teleport himself away, back to the tower.
"How is he
now?" he asked, standing over the sleeping body of the locksmith.
"He rests, but
uneasily." Griwalda said.
"Then I need
to work on him." the Nasty One said and soon he started to glow the now
well-known blue radiance. With the palm of his left hand he moved over the
head of the man, spreading the radiance over his head.
"What are you
doing?"
"It is what
you should call a spell of calm. I have my own way to accomplish that."
"Something
like the bagpipe."
"That is
mainly for myself, and it would not help him while asleep. No, this is the
only thing I can do for him."
"What about
those newly developed skills you were talking about?"
"He really
amazes me. Already we knew that he was able to deepen his concentration like
one of our kinds. And he knew he could not become a master of Body Life magic
as I would not teach him, he did not want to become a sorcerer as you are one
and so is the Wise One, even though he will leave when he is finished. So he
sought to use his ability to concentrate for other ends and he found one. He
could be considered a seer."
"Jon Man,
clairvoyant?" Griwalda asked, not believing what the Nasty One was
telling her.
"Aye. Of
course this is also one of the side effects one can have when in a trance and
now he knows how to get into a trance quite easily. But not like me or you,
but in one of his trances he found the ability to see things. There have been
times when he went into a trance for a long time and I suppose he was seeing
things then. And you told me he could tell you exactly what was going on. If
he can only see things as they happen, or if he is prescient as well, I cannot
tell. We should ask when he awakes, though that will not be for some
time."
"Is he hurt
then or is it only mentally?"
"Definitely
mentally, I cannot tell about any other damage he has taken seeing so much
death. But being shaken this bad can harm his new sight, and if that is so he
will be shaken even more because he has developed this skill only to be of use
to us, and if that would be taken away from him he will see himself as a
cipher again. And more than one man has got a trauma from considering himself
a good-for-nothing."
"I know that.
It is the reason I started to learn sorcery." "It is the reason
why almost everybody starts to learn something."
"With almost
everybody I guess you mean excluding yourself." "Do not forget I
had no choice in the matter, it was my master who decided I should learn his
ways."
"And do you
regret this?"
"I don't know.
I have been on dangerous roads but that is because I choose the roads I walk
to be dangerous. I do not know life like a standard peasant, living happily
with wife and children. They seem to enjoy their life as I enjoy mine. Aye, I
enjoy life, as hard and bitter as it may be. This is the life I have lived for
so long, I would be bored to death playing peasant."
"I did not say
you should become a peasant." Griwalda smiled.
"But I could
not be satisfied living like you. I mean, you tell me you learned sorcery to
be something, and now you are a great and powerful sorceress. And if not, you
will be soon. But you got your power through luck, not because you worked so
hard for it."
"I see what
you mean. But I must work hard to control all the powers, and you know
that."
"Of course, I
do not want to discourage you."
"Then do you
not take with you the wisdom and knowledge of people you killed?"
"Of course, if
possible. But you did not kill the sorcerer."
"It cannot be
turned back now, so we will have to live with it." she grinned and the
Nasty One nodded. "This Dark Body... you say that you are the only one
who is immune to sorcery with this bracelet. So if I should see him I should
have a chance to kill him?"
"Maybe. But
remember he is powerful and fast. Do not forget the speed we possess."
"Of course.
But while you distract him, in the middle of a fight, I could intervene and
kill him when I catch him off-guard?"
"It is nothing
I would like."
"Oh, forget
about the warrior's code! I know you have a score to settle with this man, but
do not forget we all want to avenge the death of Sir Michael. And lots of
others when talking about Jon. You saw his foresight but maybe he can do more
with that trance of his."
"Well
possible. He might be a psychokinetic."
"You want this
Dark Body, Nasty One. But we all want him, do not forget that."
The Nasty One
nodded slowly, swallowing his objections.
"By the way,
would you die the Dark Body would take the bracelet. And you said it may never
fall into the hands of a Dark Body. You said a master would then give it to
another master should he suspect that a pupil might turn dark. But then again,
you said that it cannot be taken from a living body because it would cause an
explosion then. How about that?"
"Extreme
circumstances. It requires some special rituals, and it does not go without
danger."
"Then what if
a master dies at the hands of a Dark Body?"
"Would be a
great danger but there is a way the other masters get a hint of this and they
have the obligation to chase down the Dark Body and kill him to reclaim the
key. So the Dark Body who would take it and use it would be doomed."
"Then who provides this information?" she asked but at the same
moment she knew.
"The Ultimate
One. He appears to masters sometimes, if things go dire."
"How many
times has he appeared to you?"
"Never. But
the key has always been in my possession after my master died. And if he had,
I would not have told you, as we are forbidden to talk about it."
"Are you also
forbidden to talk about him?"
"Not the
general stuff. Would we know secret stuff about him we would indeed be
forbidden to talk about it, especially to outsiders."
"I understand.
Will you look after him? I must return to my studies."
"Do not worry,
he will be safe. You will be called when needed but I doubt if that this will
be something I cannot handle."
With a nod the
woman left to meet Antharion who had not spoken a word since they had left for
the destroyed town. But they knew he had absorbed everything with a shock and
he had his own problems and he handled them his own way. They knew he was
powerful but only human after all, and his age and status would almost forbid
him to call upon others to help him through a hard period.
The sorcerer sat
down at the desk of the casting chamber, and he looked up when he saw the
woman.
"I am
cancelling the studies for today, Griwalda. All this has upset me too much, I
must confess."
"As it has us
all, Antharion, even the Nasty One."
"Aye. It must
be something when he shows emotions. How is Jon now?"
"He rests, the
Nasty One has used some kind of calm spell on him and he seems to be sleeping
restfully now."
"Should we not
start building protection around this tower in case this Dark Body is
coming?"
"Would be
adequate, aye. We will start right away."
And so they started
laying spells of protection around the tower, working together to personalise
the protection so that it would harm anyone but the four inhabitants of the
tower. A neat system prevented anybody from entering unnoticed and they
found out that the stone structure itself already had loads of protective
spells laid upon its walls as ancient as the building itself. They even
strengthened the protective spells laid upon the walls and after hours of
long work of inspecting and casting they were satisfied. They would have a
defence ready in case the Dark Body should come, though if he really wanted
in, they knew, he would. And they knew that it would take all their strength,
including the Nasty One's and eventually the locksmith's, to discard the
danger the Dark Body could pose.
20
"How do you
prepare for a fight with a Dark Body?" Jon asked.
"Simply by
doing nothing. I preserve my strength for the encounter as I know it
cannot be long. He is out to get me, else he would never have bothered to wipe
out the town. And he is someone I will never avoid, not when he is indeed the
one I am thinking of."
"How could you
know? I mean, there must be other Dark Bodies."
"Aye, but
there is only one who knows me, one I have a score to settle with."
"And he will
think the same about you. Aye, you are right. It must be him."
"You do the
best you can, Nasty One. And more, if possible. What did you find out about
that lost move you were talking about?"
"The Lost
Move. It says here that the move is simplicity itself, so simple one would not
think of it. That is always the tricky stuff, I know it."
"Why then is
it called the lost move? Is it a move that everybody can make, but then a bit
faster? And what makes me feel that you interpret the word move a bit
different than we do?"
"Because you
are right, Short One. We all move, but we do some moves nobody else does. In
total, there are one hundred and six moves, plus this lost one. It mentions
something that looks simple and yet completely suicidal though it is not that
dangerous unless one counters it in style."
"And what
happens when one counters it in style? Then you get a great collision."
"A collision
is what I had last time. We both used the Inner Dragon combined with a
Dragon's Maw and the collision threw us both away."
"From what you
told me, the Inner Dragon enhances your normal powers a hundredfold or even a
thousandfold. And then you fire a blast like that? That must have been what
you have done when you killed that army."
"Indeed,
though that was a weak blast."
"A weak blast
killed nine hundred. I can hardly imagine what a powerful blast would be like
then." Jon said.
"But what
could be more powerful then than a collision like the one you told
about?"
"A collision
of the body!" Griwalda suddenly said.
"Like when you
are both in the Inner Dragon and come straight at each other at great speed.
When you would collide head-to-head the impact will be great."
"That might be
an explanation. Physical contact. But then I think it will not be enough. The
power of the Inner Dragon is no explanation as there is a move and then there
is a move you can do also using the Inner Dragon. There must be a move that
does all that harm even without the Inner Dragon. That is why it is said to be
more powerful even than the Inner Dragon."
"I think this
is not a matter of power or strength, I think it is more a matter of
speed."
"You are
right, Red One. I must study on this matter, for it may be crucial that I
discover the lost move in time." Suddenly they heard a shrill sound, like
a bird call coming from a horrendous type of bird. The high, whining noise
continued until the Nasty One rose.
"What is that
then? Another music instrument?"
"Something
like that. Like the bagpipe, this instrument bears a message. But while the
bagpipe talks of peace and quiet, this talks of battle. The Dark Body has
arrived and could not use any element of surprise upon his entrance because
you laid spells of protection everywhere. So he openly declares that he has
arrived, and he challenges me for battle."
"No, he is too
early! We are not prepared!" Griwalda said, holding up her hand.
"It seems I
have little choice. Remember we talked about this. I do not know if he is more
powerful than me, but we may be stronger than him."
"We get the
message. Best of luck."
"That is the
smallest factor in this, I guess." the Nasty One said and then he was
gone.
"At last, we
meet again."
"It should
have come to this sooner or later anyway."
"Indeed, there
was no way to avoid this."
"Let us make
it a good fight then, as the gods are our witnesses."
The two masters of
Body Life magic stood facing each other with a good hundred yards distance,
yet they could hear each other perfectly well.
Slowly they drew
their swords and performed the rituals required to forget about everything
else. The Nasty One finished this a little earlier yet he did not use the time
given as this was a matter of honour. Then he snorted. What good was honour
when life itself was at stake? But right then the Dark Body also rose and they
both started concentrating.
For a spectator it
was obvious who was who, as the Nasty One glowed his normal light blue and the
Dark Body was surrounded by a hellish mixture of orange and red.
The choice of
colour, after all, was personal and did not matter.
Then the two men
slowly changed into horrible creatures of death as both called upon the Inner
Dragon. For long minutes they both strived to control the heaviest of moves
and they clashed in a blur of colours. Paw to paw, eye to eye they fought with
all their speed and ferocity, striking at each other and hoping that finally
one blow might hit home.
But, as was usual
with masters of Body Life magic, they could sense each other's intents and so
every blow was either dodged or blocked. Then the Dark Body took distance and
called upon the Skydance, the ability to fly. The Nasty One also followed him
into the sky where they fought on, the limit of altitude no longer a bother.
Then the Dark Body suddenly put his hands together and formed a Dragon's Maw,
a move that could only be dodged with a fast Mass Gravity that caused the
Nasty One to drop to the ground, creating a deep pit. He rose at once and
fired a Dragon's Maw of his own. Quickly it was now the Dark Body who found a
good alternative in the Hawk Rise as he shot into the grey skies. As was
expected, he then dove at the Nasty One with great speed, also calling upon
Mass Gravity to go even faster. The Nasty One had not counted on the latest
move and got hit in the stomach, getting launched into the woods in the
process. But still this great blast could not be felt as he called
upon his
concentration to ignore the pain.
"Shall I tell
you something? I discovered the Lost Move!" he yelled at his foe.
"The Lost
Move? How did you find out? What is it?"
Meanwhile they
fought on, but they talked in voices like they were merely sitting around a
table. Men like them had the ability to stay calm under all circumstances.
"It is something man should have found out a long time ago."
"I know, it
has always been said that it was simplicity itself. Then what?"
"It is
something a couple of friends of mine found out. It is the master technique of
the well-trained body: speed."
"Speed? I am
afraid I cannot follow you. Of course we are fast, but that does not make
speed a move."
"Experience it
then, it will be your death." the Nasty One said, blocking a beam of
energy coming from the Dark Body by splintering it with seemingly eight hands,
using the Spider Web.
"You do well
on your minors, Nasty One, but how are your major moves?" the Dark Body
asked, daring.
Now the Nasty One
extended his hands and a maze of energy formed around his body, causing
hundreds of small but powerful blue beams to speed at the Dark Body.
Hurriedly he also called upon the Spider Web but this was not good enough as
some beams got through and sizzled their way into his body. The Dark Body
screamed in anguish but did not fall.
"Do not
question my major moves, Dark One. I have been in the pits, I have had the
final test."
"Then what are
the pits good for, Light One?"
"You mean you
have not spent four days in the pits?"
"Of course
not, I had taken the final test, so to say, long before that. My master was a
nuisance, a rigid man who always denied me the pleasures of life. And I killed
him, learning the rest from the books myself."
"You read the
books without really finishing? Pah, I have always known that Dark Bodies are
not true masters!"
"How can you
call me no true master then, when all you ever learned was to obey your
master. Even though you killed him as the last obligation, he is your master
still. I am my own master. That is what I call a true master."
With that the Dark
Body used the Invisible Hand to attack from close range and the Nasty One had
to call upon the Spider Web once more to block all the moves. Now the Dark
Body also called upon that one and the result was an exchange of hundreds of
blows within a few seconds, both fighters desperately trying to get through
once more.
Then the Nasty One
suddenly darted out of range and surprised the Dark Body with a Dragon's Maw
that connected full force. The Dark Body was launched into the air where the
Nasty One followed him, not allowing to escape a second time. But then the
Dark Body could suddenly halt his flight with the Deep Freeze, turned around
and did the Rotating Feet, a series of kicks while he rotated his body. The
Nasty One could dive under him and deliver a fast uppercut in the man's groin
and as a result the Dark Body shot upwards with a ragged howl of pain, only to
dive again. And this time he connected with a Hawk Dive but he only got a
glancing blow that threw them both off-balance.
Then the sky
suddenly turned to fire around the two of them and it was the Dark Body who
felt the effect of the extreme heat.
"Alien
intervention!" he shouted but he had no time to discover the source.
"So you have
help, Light One?"
"Indeed. Why
do things difficult when it can be done in a more easy way?" the Nasty
One sneered before spreading his hands again to release more energy from his
body. "You Light Bodies have always been low. Where has the honour of
battle gone then, or is that something you have never learned?"
"What I have
learned is that one is stronger when one is not alone. Company need not be a
weakness, it may be a strength, both physically and mentally. I know that when
you die your body will rot away, eaten by the vultures. And should I die in
this fight, I have friends who will give me a decent burial. And no matter
what happens, they stand by my side." "It is against the
rules!" the Dark Body shouted, releasing a blast that would have killed
hundreds of normal humans. But the Nasty One could dodge it again and answered
with some Rotating Feet of his own, knocking the Dark Body down again. But
when he closed in, the Dark Body countered with the Fist of Fire, a fast
uppercut with the force of nature behind it. The ground shook as the Nasty One
fell down.
Then suddenly the
Dark Body darted away as now he was aware of the alien intervention and he
could feel a wave of magic coming their way again.
To his surprise, he
saw that he could not approach the Nasty One anymore as a circle of sorcery
was around him.
"You cannot
keep this up." the Dark Body said, holding his sword in both hands, ready
to finish the battle.
"The Light One
is going to die."
"Keep it up,
he cannot approach now. We must give Nasty some time to recover. After what he
has taken it is a true miracle he is still standing, while the same goes for
his opponent."
"They have
their own ways to deal with pain. Antharion must go out and find a healer
quickly. For when this battle is over he must break his concentration and then
he will feel the pain." Griwalda said, fighting to keep her heat field
around the Nasty One. Then they saw the Nasty One rising again.
Slowly he drew his
sword and looked at his waiting foe.
"I am ready.
Where were we again?"
"Shall I tell
you something? I love this battle!" the Dark Body shouted, taunting.
"Aye, it has
been a long time since I had a good fight." the Nasty One nodded in
acknowledgement.
"Still it
would have been better had it been one on one."
"That is what
you think." the Nasty One roared and spat out a Snakebite, a small tongue
of fire.
The Dark Body
flinched and countered with a Whiplash, a small bolt of energy he threw at the
Nasty One who could barely avoid it.
"Seems like I
am the better dodger, Dark One. While our powers seem to be about equal. And
that means I am stronger."
"That remains
to be seen!" the Dark Body shouted and attacked once more, calling upon
on the Worm Slither to tackle the Nasty One hard. When the Nasty One rose at
once, he tried it again but now the Nasty One jumped away and countered with
the Surge, flying horizontally through the air and catching the Dark Body in
his hands, dragging him along and smashing him against a tree, shattering the
tree in the process.
Then suddenly the
Dark Body was gone, and instinctively the Nasty One turned around and
delivered a fast kick. But his leg was blocked by the Dark Body who used the
Teleport to get behind him and then the leg was swept away, turning the Nasty
One around and around. He took a Skydance just in time else the Dark Body
would have dealt him a blow that might have been fatal.
Now it was time for
the swords and metal clashed with a ringing sound and they both manoeuvred
back and forth, on the ground, into the air, and at a time even in a small
nearby lake.
"You may be
equal in fighting, perhaps even better at dodging, but you know there is
always something better at something. And I happen to be your master in
willpower. While I must have missed your Lost Move, what about a contest of
willpower?" the Dark Body challenged.
The heat radiating
from their bodies quickly dried their soaked leathers, light seemed to glow
from the insignias on their breasts.
The Nasty One
nodded shortly and started concentrating.
Now they were
standing close to each other, so close one might want to grab the sword again.
But then the other one would anticipate the move and they would go back to
fighting.
And indeed, they
had both noticed that a fight like this could go on almost forever. A battle
of the will, a more dangerous type of battle, might give the outcome. As they
fought on in their minds, standing perfectly still in utter concentration,
both tried to gain control over the other one's mind.
Both intruded each
other's mind, and they knew the horrors that would come would give one an
advantage in the rest of the battle. But none had even thought of the short
locksmith who watched the battle change, the man who felt the bitterness
he had felt when he saw the bloody massacre the Dark Body had caused when he
killed the town the locksmith had always called his.
"And now it is
my turn." he said with a grim face.
21
Suddenly the tower
disappeared from sight, and the Dark Body prepared to battle the Nasty One in
his mind. But to his utter surprise the attack from the Nasty One did not
come.
Instead, he saw a
large field of upturned ground. Underneath
it, he could sense
the presence of a large amount of corpses. This was the town I destroyed, he
realised, and then suddenly the ground started to shake. To the man's horror
slim, bony hands shot out of the ground and surrounded his ankles.
With all his powers
he tried to break free but nothing would work here. Now this was highly
unusual since the Body Life magic would normally be as effective against the
dead as it would have been against the living. But the bony hands froze his
ankles and unwillingly the Dark Body gave up his resistance. Then suddenly a
complete corpse rose out of the ground, the rat-like face almost intact.
"What did I
ever do to you?" the sepulchral voice of the late innkeeper asked
demandingly.
"What did I
ever do to you?" came another voice, this time coming from the severely
burned head of what had been a woman.
"What did I
ever do to you?" came a third voice, that of an old man.
"Yes, tell us!
What did we ever do to you?"
The voices sounded
hollow and demanding, even though they seemed to come from underneath the
surface.
The Dark Body
grasped for his sword but found it gone.
"What you ever
did? You stole my sword! Give me back my sword so I can splinter your bones
with it!"
"It is not our
bones that are hurt, it is our souls." came a child's voice now.
"Your sword we
took now, but why did you kill us? What did we ever do to you?"
The Dark Body
started to hate that question.
"Why would I
care about you?" he asked now, trying to shout but finding himself unable
to speak more than a whisper.
The battle must
have taken most of his powers.
"Why would you
even bother to kill them, aye. But I have been straight with you. I told you
what you wanted to know. What have I ever done to you?" now came a voice
coming from the armoured body of Sir Michael.
"You should
have left us out of your fight with the Nasty One. We were just having a
debate about the possibility of hiring you, you know. But we see you took the
task we wanted you for already. And then you kill us! You would have received
more than proper payment, and proper payment is what you will receive
now." the dead prime minister, dressed in a prisoner's shirt, spoke
calmly as ever.
"After all,
what did I ever do to you?"
"Stop asking
that question!" the Dark Body whispered in vain, but he knew they would
not stop and now all the bodies began their chanting again, repeating the
question that drove him crazy.
"Yeah, what
did you ever do to them?" asked a nonchalant voice that suddenly sounded
all too living.
The Dark Body
turned around and saw the Nasty One, sitting comfortably in a luxurious chair.
"Your doing,
of course. This is all fake. I should have known. Let us go back to real
fighting then."
But the Nasty One
shook his head.
"It is what I
could do now. I would wake up, draw my sword and take your head off. You see,
I am not behind all this rabble, you created it yourself. You destroyed that
town for no reason and created a nightmare that goes underneath your hard
shell of ruthlessness. There was even no need to feel your energy. You are
trapped within your own nightmare. Suffer."
The Nasty One rose,
turned away from the Dark Body who now began to feel the chill on his ankles
where the hands still held on.
Now he was able to
scream, and scream in pain he did.
"So you feel
pain." came the voice of the king-knight, hollow and sepulchral just like
the other voices.
"We have felt
pain."
And suddenly he saw
the king-knight, seemingly alive.
And then there was
a sword that cut off his head.
The king-knight
fell down and over him stood a second knight who was also attacked and killed
by that sword, the sword the Dark Body recognised as his own. More knights
came, and more knights fell by the sword.
Then came the
energy and a vendor came into the Dark Body's view. The vendor suddenly felt a
beam penetrate him and with a horrible scream he died.
Followed the
innkeeper, his cook, his barmaids, the prisoners, under them the politicians
who died as the tower caved in and large boulders splattered their heads.
Retired adventurers, town guards, prostitutes... they all appeared in front of
the Dark Body, showing him how they died in that terrible onslaught. And the
Dark Body was now fully frozen into place, he could not close his eyes or even
avert them from the horrible view as one had died in more anguish than the
other one. A woman, heavy with child, with her man trying to protect her as
heavy rocks fell on them.
His eyes and his
mouth wide open, the Dark Body continued the scream of terror and revulsion
but nobody seemed to bother as they continued their acts.
So petrified the
Dark Body was, seeing that something that had never even touched his soul was
hurting him deeply now, that he always welcomed the numbness when he
collapsed.
At last the bony
hands let go of the ankles as the man hit the ground hard, the ground that
suddenly felt all too familiar again.
As he regained
consciousness, he heard an unknown voice. "That was for Sir
Michael."
The Dark Body was
standing alone where he had stood before he had focused his will upon the
Nasty One's. But the Nasty One had succeeded in bailing out before he could,
and this was highly unusual as they should have woken up at the same time.
Then he realised the nonchalance with which the Nasty One had walked off and
he knew he had seen all this because of somebody else. But nevertheless it had
drained him terribly and he suddenly dove into the air to avoid a coming
blast. He now remembered what he was into and knew he had formed a good target
standing there but to his surprise no attack had come.
Where had the Nasty
One gone to?
Had he run off?
Suddenly a bright blue missile came at him while he was still rising and with
a precise timing the bolt hit him. And then it came out that it had not been a
bolt but the Nasty One himself who had launched himself at the rising Dark
Body, calculating precisely the speed the Dark Body was rising at and
measuring the point where they would cross.
And he had timed it
perfectly, as he caught the Dark Body full in the stomach. Holding his sword
blade horizontally, he split the Dark Body in two and descended slowly,
watching as the two halves of his enemy dropped to the ground with sickening
thuds. Blood flooded freely from the split corpse and the guts also drooled
out.
Then the Nasty One
looked at his hand, and saw it was only bleeding a little from the point where
he had held the sharp edge of the sword. But most of his hand had been
protected by a small dull strip on the back-hand side of the blade. The Nasty
One had never understood why this spot had been dull and more than once had he
been tempted to sharpen it. But his master had kept him from doing that.
"Use the sword to block, like a staff. Then you can grip it here."
he had said.
But it had more
use, and now the Nasty One realised why the masters of Body Life magic had
always had a dull strip on their swords. Holding the sword, after all, was
needed to perform the Lost Move.
"The Lost Move
is no longer that. I call it the Torpedo." he spoke to no one in
particular.
"The Sharp
Missile." a correcting voice suddenly came.
"Who...?"
he asked but then he realised who that must have been.
"My time has
not come!" the Nasty One shouted.
But there was no
response, and the Nasty One now broke his concentration to let all the pain
take control of his body and his consciousness.
The last thing he
saw was the appearance of three familiar faces bending over him with potions
and poultices.
"A battle
between two masters of Body Life magic. It is
something every man should see once in a lifetime."
Jon looked at the
sleeping body of the Nasty One and from there at his two companions.
"Once, aye.
Not more times." Griwalda, her face still in shock, said.
"The ravage
they caused... it is huge. And then to think they fought most of their battle
in the air. Do you think it is coincidental that the thunderstorms now take
over?"
"No. All this
energy they released in the air, the air has to get rid of now. Thunderstorms
are logical." Antharion said.
"It is a storm
not even we can control." Griwalda added. "And that means a lot.
Body Life magic is awesome."
"Aye. But I
admire you for your courage to intervene, Jon. The Dark Body claimed he would
be the Nasty One's superior in a contest of the will and though he agreed to
the fight after all I think this is because he does not want to be a coward
and back down. And I have really underestimated your powers as a mind
bender."
"I am
surprised, too. I never really expected to be so very powerful that I could
easily penetrate into the mind of one as strong as the Dark Body. But he was
weakened from the battle, of course. And I used all my energy, it left me
pretty tired, too. But my psychokinetic powers have always been there, I
guess, I just never utilised them."
"Man and woman
of the will, man of the soul and man of the mind. Now we have a team."
Antharion smiled.
"We have
always had a team. It is just a big advantage that we all have an extra skill.
The man of the soul is also a good fighter and hunter, the man of the mind is
also a good lock pick, the man of the will is also a scholar and the woman of
the will is a very good cook." Jon said, grinning at the last remark that
left Griwalda speechless.
"Oh, do not
think we do not value your second skill as our own ones, Griwalda. After all,
what would we do with all our powers if we had nobody to prepare the food our
bodies crave?" Antharion added and now the sorceress smiled.
"Will he be
all-right?" she asked, blatant concern in her voice.
"What do we
know? This is the first time I am patching up a master of Body Life magic
after a battle with a Dark Body." "You are the scholar." she
retorted with a grin.
"Well, as far
as I can see he is currently in some kind of coma but he is resting
comfortably. The fact that he has not woken up for a day and a half while he
normally sleeps for a few hours can be explained by the fact that he is not
able to concentrate his power as he lost consciousness and of course he has
been drained of most of his energy."
"So we have to
let him sleep and not try anything, all we can do is wait for time to pass by
and let rest do its healing work?"
"That is about
all we can do and hope for."
"Then it is
what we will do. He has achieved a great feat, ridding the world of the Dark
Body, and avenging the destruction of Vintel."
"Though that
was probably not in his mind."
"It was in
mine. And I fought along."
"And you can
be proud of yourself, Jon." Griwalda said.
"But what
excites me most is what he said in his fight with the Dark Body. He has
learned! He knows that company need not be a burden only, he feels the joy
that comes with having people around who care for him as a person, more than a
collection of powers. I stayed around him trying to teach him the feelings of
a human being. And I succeeded, or so it seems."
"A fact you
can also be proud of, Griwalda. I saw him, or the two of you I should say, in
the town when you discovered its destruction."
"Do not rush
it. She clung to him, and he tried to comfort her a bit. He learned there are
feelings in every human being, but we should let him learn to live with them
in time."
"Of course
not. He will learn through experience, as he has always done. I only hope it
will not be so bitter this time."
22
A world of peace
surrounded the warrior of the soul; a world he had seen but for once in his
lifetime and that had been when he had endured the gravest test of his
training: the pits. Four long days without food or water he had stayed in deep
pits full of mystical energies floating around, partially coming from his
own hallucinations.
He had learned
there to become one with nothingness, to purge his soul utterly in order to
become a true master of the Body Life magic. Bathing in pure white light he
had been, feeling the nondescript energy go through his entire body and
twisting his insides out without seeming to harm.
Now he was back in
this world of peace, and he felt this was highly unusual even after
encountering a Dark Body. What he had normally felt was the feeling of extreme
satisfaction that came with the large victory and the knowledge his late
enemy had born with him. Now the knowledge from the Dark One had filled him
without much satisfaction, seeing his death only as a duty to the world. But
the feeling that dominated his mind was the rare sensation of hearing the
immortal watcher speak about the Lost Move. He knew it had been the Ultimate
One who had corrected him when he gave the Lost Move a name. No longer was the
move lost, the Sharp Missile was now a move accepted within the ranks of
masters of the Body Life magic.
But how thin were
those ranks now? The Nasty One considered it very strange that the Ultimate
One had watched him. Then in mind he shook his head violently. Of course the
Ultimate One would have interest in a battle between a master and a Dark Body,
for the outcome would once determine the face of the world. With only Dark
Bodies in the world, its fate might shift dramatically and the Ultimate One
might have to intervene himself.
But now the light
had triumphed, and the order was saved, at least for now.
How many were there
left then? There was only one who knew the answer and the Ultimate One had not
responded to his desperate call. So he assumed that the Ultimate One had
merely corrected him for the name, he had not made his presence clear to the
Nasty One to call him for the Big Fight. While the Nasty One had no idea how
he could ever defeat a man as full of knowledge as the Ultimate One, who had
watched all the masters and Dark Bodies all his eternal life, he knew that the
Ultimate One would not like his own task, to kill the remaining master in
order to create a new generation of the unique class. It would mean he had to
teach many pupils to spread the power, pupils he was obliged to release while
they could not harm him. What would it be like then, to watch as they wither
and die, sometimes by alien intervention, most of the time by the swords of
their favoured pupils?
It was a burden the
Nasty One would not like to have bestowed upon him, but these days one thing
he would always have had considered a burden after another had come, and he
had picked them up with the feeling of responsibility, even with some
satisfaction.
Aye, he had
changed. For the better, some would say. Others would call his new feelings
weaknesses. But he had meant everything he had told the Dark One. He knew
friendship was not a weakness, it was a strength.
A strength that had
manifested itself when he should have been fighting the Dark One in his mind.
There the Short One had voluntarily taken over his task, giving him time to
stand back and rest. And above that, he had given the Dark One more terror
than the Nasty One could have possibly thought of, while there was no way he
could get hurt for the Dark Body did not know the Short One so he could never
get back at him.
The Nasty One had
merely watched, as he had been seen in the dream, as the Short One terrorised
the Dark One with the images that had almost given the locksmith a trauma
himself.
He had even managed
to make the Dark One believe that his powers were gone, and no longer could he
be stoic to death and despair. This way he was drained of his strong belief in
himself, and with that the very essence of Body Life magic.
All the Nasty One
had done was biding his time to strike.
And the time had
come, and he had executed the Sharp Missile flawlessly.
The ability to
perform the Sharp Missile he could not have developed without his friends.
After all, it had been the Red One who had come with the idea that physical
contact would have done the trick. And it all made sense, to launch himself at
one would result in disaster for the victim, but would the opponent counter in
style they would actually split each other in the full length, causing both to
die horribly.
And it had been
simplicity itself to use the weapon that seemed to be so ceremoniously when
one had powers that could destroy people with the wave of a hand: the sword.
The sword was more
than something to hold: it was something to deal death with, even if one was
as powerful as a master of Body Life magic. The sword was infinitely sharp and
could split a hair. Then why would it not split a man with more than a simple
blow from a normal sword fighter?
Of course, a human
missile was powerful but even more powerful if that human had a sharp edge.
The late masters of Body Life magic had known this and had invented the use of
the sharp edge of a sword just like sword fighters did.
But they had done
more. They had sought the protection and that was why they had installed the
dull grip.
"Something I
should have known a long while earlier." he mumbled.
It was all so
logic, so simple, yet it took his friends to discover the rough details. He
had worked it out in a short time and had used the surprise effect on the Dark
Body.
And aye, it was
more powerful than the Inner Dragon as most masters had learned how to deal
with the Inner Dragon while it was not yet known how to defend against the
Sharp Missile, except to dodge.
While pondering all
this and more, the Nasty One lay on his bed, seemingly in a coma. But then he
stretched out and rose.
First thing he saw
was the Red One, looking in surprise at the ease with which he rose. He saw
love and concern in her face and knew it was genuine.
"Hi there. One
heck of a fight eh?" he managed to smile but then he felt some stinging
pain. His moves were partially made impossible by some poultices but he felt
their healing powers so he decided not to rip them off.
"You are...
all-right?" she asked silently.
"As fine as I
will ever be, I guess. Thanks for your help, I owe you and the Short One my
life, I think. For I am not that certain if I could have defeated the Dark One
without you."
"We watched.
We heard what you said, and it makes me feel warm inside. To know that you
have felt compassion at last..." she spoke, embracing him warmly.
Underneath her fine-cut satin robes he could feel the outlines of her warm
body.
He could feel her
heart beat underneath her breast, the heart that pumped faster when he was
near her.
He knew then what
she was thinking about, and he knew that this time it was different. It came
out of thankfulness for the fact that he was still alive, it was the release
of the extreme tension she had felt while watching the battle that could well
have ended his life.
He decided to give
in then, as new experiences might always strengthen him in mind and body.
Then he scolded
himself for looking for excuses and her lips found his.
"So you heard
the Ultimate One? That is unique, from what you have told me. Do you think he
has taken special interest in you?" Jon asked.
"The Ultimate
One has to take special interest in every battle between masters and Dark
Bodies. It may also be that our class has almost been extinct and that he sees
me as one who might join him for the battle for immortality, the Big Fight as
we call it."
"When will
that happen then? When you are the only one left? Will he come then at once,
after you have killed the second last one?"
"Do not ask
me, I can only speculate and read the legends about this. Fact is that the
Ultimate One has watched, and that may point to the fact that there are only a
few. And there is absolutely no telling how many there are now, as there is
only one who knows."
"Are you fully
recovered now?"
"In mind I am,
and even enriched with the knowledge that passed on from the Dark Body. In
body I still suffer a little but that will heal quickly enough."
"So you absorb
his energy much like we do?"
"It is not
energy I transport, it is more knowledge. When the Dark Body died I could
transfer the knowledge he bore to my mind."
"So what did
he know that you did not?"
"Much, as we
all have our own life experiences. But it is not very important nor is it any
help when you face the one who has all the knowledge of masters and Dark
Bodies from past and present alike."
"I understand.
So you would not go voluntarily to this Big Fight?"
"Nobody will.
You call him a god because he is immortal and away from this world while he is
allowed to watch it. Just imagine that you are obliged to fight a god. Would
you go there with pleasure?"
"Of course
not. Many a move you try will be countered because he invented the move
himself."
"Well
possible, indeed. No, I look up to this fight, and with a darn good reason.
But it is not known by any on this plane if this fight will ever come."
"Yet you think
of it, and prepare."
"Of course I
do. I have to, we all have to. There is always the chance that I defeat a
master or a Dark Body and there he stands, waiting for me. If that is the way
it goes, then. But right now I would not go, I would enjoy my life, here with
you, and go later."
"Er... I think
you have little choice in the matter. One does not tell a god or the Ultimate
One to wait until you are tired of normal life."
"I am afraid
you are right. But there is more to life than pondering about death. I will
wait until these minor wounds heal and then I will return to silence."
"You could go
out, you know. We enjoy your hunting here but you have been out for almost a
week and we are running out of meat." Jon grinned.
The Nasty One
cocked his head laughing and looked through the open window. A few seconds
later he had a rabbit in his hands.
"This will be
enough?"
Far above the
world, one lone man looked around to ensure he had been right. He checked the
most obscure hamlets and lonesome caves and huts in the middle of the woods
for signs of life of one he had created.
But finally, after
a search of days, he gave it up, knowing that there was only one left.
And he knew that
the one remaining was one who was not ready, not yet.
He would need time
to strengthen, time to realise what was going on and what he had done without
any possibility of avoiding it. He had created himself as the only living
master of Body Life magic in the entire world, and he had no other fate than
to try at least to become the new Ultimate One. But like he was not ready
for it, he was also not willing. And when one does not want something it is
hard to force him, because then there would be a good chance the Nasty One
would simply refuse and let himself be killed.
And the Ultimate
One had more than enough of being the one who watches everything without doing
anything.
This man had a
strong will, and he had broken the ban of loneliness that seemed to be part of
the masters of Body Life magic. Not without help, of course, but he had even
discovered love though he thought little more of it than an obligation to one
he owed in an odd way. For him, love was merely a submittance to one who
sought love.
But he would learn,
would he be given time.
And time he would
need, not only to submit to feelings of love and care, but especially to
submit to his fate.
So he would be
given time, the Ultimate One decided. Time to recover from battle, to
experience the new things that would indeed strengthen him in body and mind.
For were he to be the new Ultimate One, he would have to create a new kind of
masters in his kind and the Ultimate One fully believed that this man would
create a class stronger than any other kind of masters and if that needed
time, then so be it.
After all, it was
only the importance of the Body Life magic that really counted for the
Ultimate One.
"But I cannot
let you wait too long, Nasty One. Or rather, you cannot let me wait too long
for you. As you need to be in your prime when you are strong enough to achieve
immortality, I cannot let you live in silence too long.
There is more you
will have to do and achieve before you are fully prepared to meet your bizarre
destiny, the one I have lived through for almost a thousand years. Achieve
your own destiny, release me of mine."
The ancient man,
who seemed to be only forty years of age, sat back on his throne and opened a
book in which he wrote something.
After all, the
wisdom of the ancients was what made mankind subject to the immortal ones.
"So you think
you can develop all these powers on your own?" "I am not sure. We
have all witnessed what I can do without any help. Maybe it would be wise to
have somebody to teach me more about psychokinetic powers but I would not know
who to approach."
"But there are
more ways to learn than a teacher. Books, experience... seek what you can
find!"
"Well... I
think I know now what I can. And I am not sure whether the search for power is
the right one for me. I see Nasty battle the Dark Body, I see sorcerers
killing each other for power everywhere... I have no need for this! I know
that I can do a lot when I can even intrude a Dark Body and terrorise him with
images that shake my own person. I think there is almost no holding back for
me, and I would like to keep it this way. Never do I want to battle anybody
for power, nor do I really want to influence good people with evil images.
That is also why I left Nasty alone when he was in that coma. I know I can do
harm but I am not sure if I can also do good with these powers. And as it
seemed, the rest of a couple of days has left him well enough in body and
mind. Time was the healer there, and I do not think interference in his busy
mind would have done any good at all."
"Always worth
the try I say, but there is no need for that now. He is alive and very well,
though... he seems to be a bit different than before." Antharion said.
"Of course, a
battle like that one must have a great impact on somebody. And though it is
probably not the first battle of this magnitude it leaves little of his own
inner self."
"Some things
in people can never change, but the details become vague sometimes. When I
first saw this man in person he was slaughtering some twenty-odd ruffians in a
few seconds without pity or mercy, and while I was tied up he first checks for
loot on the corpses instead of untying me. Instead of talking to me he
intruded into my mind to find out more about me. I considered him to be very
evil, conceited, self-centred... but now I think: what is evil? What is
conceited? As far as I know, nobody ever had any influence over him except for
his late teacher. And now we sort of understand each other, he heeds our
advice as we heed his, he even harbours feelings for us, while he has never
had feelings for anybody, again except for his teacher. When I stayed at his
place in Vintel I made it my task to teach him humanity, and I am proud to say
I succeeded."
"And that is a
thing to be proud of, Griwalda, and I am sure he is grateful for that. People
have done crazy things to get attention, and he has received more negative
attention than he really deserved. It is about time that he gets some
positive attention as well. And you are just the one to give him that."
Antharion spoke.
"But are you
thinking about marriage?" Jon asked, curious as always. She giggled
nervously.
"He should
have heard you. As Antharion said, we must not hurry everything. When talking
about marriage just now he would run away as fast as he could."
"We can all
imagine what he would think, but I am more curious about what you think. I
mean, probably being the first to... you know what I mean..."
She flushed at the
remark.
"Well, the
four of us need not have secrets. Aye, I love the man as I have always loved
him, despite his past behaviour. But in the beginning it was more like love
out of pure gratitude and in the weeks gone by I have learned to know him a
little and though he is what his name implies I have grown to love him even
deeper. But marriage is not something I could imagine with a man like him.
After all, you do not really expect him to be a calm and restful husband? He
is a man who needs his freedom, and a bond is something that is probably
against his whole lifestyle."
"His lifestyle
has already changed dramatically. It is up to you to push it, little by
little. We do not know how far it will go. If it is something you want you
should fight for it. That is his life-style."
"I am not
sure... but not now in any way. He needs time, time to learn how to deal with
his new self."
"If new self
is the proper term." Antharion noted.
"Of course it
is. He even admitted to the Dark Body that he has changed because of us.
Though things might run a bit different some time from now."
"Why
that?" asked Jon.
"Well, I
forgot I was... accepting at the time."
"You mean you
will become pregnant?" Jon exclaimed.
"Hush, not so
loud. There is of course no way of knowing in a period as short as this. In a
few weeks all will become clear. But I do not want this. It will look like a
way to force him into marriage and the last thing I want is to force him
into anything. He has enough on his mind already. And it is not the way."
"Of course
not. From what I have seen in the town many marriages break up after some
time when this is the base."
"Many other
things are transpiring that are much more important than things like
marriage no matter if such a thing could exist in my world." suddenly
came the voice of the Nasty One who had returned from evening practice.
"Then what is
transpiring? More battle?" Jon asked, not at all disturbed by the sudden
entrance of the one they were talking about.
The Nasty One just
shook his head.
"I can feel it
is in the air. And things like this I can feel easily. Something is going to
happen, that is for sure. Something I must prepare for. I cannot have the
petty things in life to disturb me now."
"Even if this
is another life we are talking about?"
"The Red One
is not pregnant."
"How can you
tell? Or you mean you are..."
"Sterilised?
No, that I am not. At least not as far as I know and the Old One never spoke
about silly things like that. It would be nonsense to believe that people of
my class should have no sexual experiences as most of us have no need for it.
We are not monks, but generally we stand above things like that, as you
know."
"Then how can
you tell I am not pregnant or will not be?"
"The future is
not something that is my specialty, you should ask the Short One about that.
But do not forget that we feed off our own life energy so we can sense life
easily. And I sense no new life in your body."
"That
way."
"Though by
impulse you took a great risk. Though you now have power and dedication in
your trade you should learn a bit more feeling for responsibility in the rest
of your life." the Nasty One lectured.
"Ah, don't
preach. It does not become you." Jon scolded.
They all smiled and
then the Nasty One retreated.
Those had been
talking a lot about him, and it had been about something where he did not want
to be present, giving them the feeling they could talk freely, while he would
not miss a word.
After all,
everybody needs to know what is going on, even one who hates gossip.
23
Suddenly an image
came into the room of the Nasty One when he was relaxing in his chair. The
Short One was out somewhere and the sorcerers were training.
The Nasty One
looked up as he saw the face of a stern man, a man with a stern face, looking
at him with stern eyes.
"You know who
I am, and you know why I am here."
The statement was
cold and unmoving.
The Nasty One
instantly remembered that voice and he looked at the face in horror.
"No, I am not
ready!" he shouted again.
"I know that
is what you think. Yet I know better than that and you are ready now. In case
you did not notice, I have given you half a year and a lot has changed. The
woman is now with child. You are the first master of the Body Life magic who
will be a father. The combination of forces between a sorcerer and a master
will prove to be quite interesting. You look shocked, but I know that you
know I am speaking true. If for nothing else, I have no reason to lie to
you."
"You are a
remarkable man, Nasty One. The first master to learn the ways of friendship
and compassion, maybe even of love. The one who has learned that company need
not be a bother or a weakness, but that it can also be a strength. But deep
inside you have known, that this cannot last forever. Long have I searched the
world just to find the slightest chance that I had been wrong, and that there
would be other descendants from the ones I have created. But no, you are the
sole survivor, Nasty One."
"But why pluck
me from this life now?" the Nasty One asked demanding.
"What would
you be had I the patience to let you live to be an old man? I cannot risk more
for your sake. Should something happen to you in the meantime the circle will
be broken and I would have to start all over again."
"Start all
over again is what you eventually have to do when you defeat me. And how can I
ever beat you? You bear all the knowledge of all living and dead masters and
Dark Bodies, while I am a thirty-three years old man, who just defeated three
Dark Bodies and one master. And despite the fact that I am the one who
recovered the Lost Move I can never be a match for you. As my friends put it,
you are a god. And how can one of my age ever be a god?"
"How old do
you think I was when I became the Ultimate One? Thirty-seven I was! Did you
think I liked one bit of it? No I did not! I hated the perspective of sitting
around alone, as I am not a god as you well know, and though the gods have
given me immortality and allow me to reside in their world, I do not have
the powers of a god. I learn and watch the world go by. Oh, of course there
have been many wonders I have discovered, my adventures have lasted for ages
but when you are immortal even adventuring can be very boring, knowing you can
do anything without any risk at all. All know becoming the Ultimate One is a
burden, even as it has its good sides."
"But how can I
engage you for the Big Fight while I have no idea of what is to come?"
"There is
more, much more. Before I die, I will teach you everything I know. Indeed,
there is much to know, and we will discuss all this."
"Before you
die! How could I ever kill you?"
"You do not
understand, do you? There is no such thing as the Big Fight. It is your right
to be my successor, it is your duty to give me my rest."
"No Big Fight?
But then how come all these tales?"
"Even we have
our imagination, Nasty One. And when we do not know what will happen, we start
spreading our own ideas of what will happen. And one will certainly believe
the other and make this idea not just a legend but part of our lore. Actually,
it happened five hundred and seventy-three years ago that one thought a Big
Fight would be coming when there was only one left, because I would not give
up my godhood without a fight and also because a fight is so logical within
our class, as sad as that may be. But you think logical, and you know you
would not have a chance to kill me. This is true beyond doubt as I indeed have
not lost my touch and I bear too much knowledge, far more than I care to bear.
And all this knowledge will be yours."
"How many
pupils do I create? How many new masters will there be? What are the rules?
Should they be changed or just the same?"
"You have many
questions, Nasty One. This is only logical and exactly what I expect. As I
said, we will talk first, and we will talk a lot. I can only tell you that you
must not forget the powers, and the rest is up to you. We are masters of the
Body Life magic, we live life the way we want it. This is something I took
over from the Ultimate One before me. And because we do, we make our own
rules. There is nobody to stop you, for not even the gods will put a straw in
your way. Unless you go too far, of course, but the gods themselves know that
we will not do such a thing. I invite you to my realm, Nasty One, and we can
talk."
"Give me one
day to say farewell to my friends. And how do I get there? How do I travel to
the realm of the gods?"
"I give you
the power, Nasty One. Come tomorrow when you are ready. And do not forget to
bring the books with you."
"And the
bracelet?"
"It is on your
body, and will be handed to a master of the Body Life magic after he has spent
time in the pits. You will choose which one of your pupils is going to be burdened
with it. Choose wisely. I will see you tomorrow before evening falls."
Then the image was
gone and the Nasty One felt no need to fight his tears.
"You felt it
all the time. As unpleasant as it may be, we really suspected it would happen.
We have talked too much about it, I guess." Jon said, looking down.
"About seven months I have had the pleasure of knowing you, Nasty
One." Griwalda uttered.
"And even as I
carry your child, which is something I should have foreseen..."
"You know as
well as I do that you would not have it any other way. You knew I was going to
leave, and you wanted something to remember me by." he stated flatly.
"I am afraid I
cannot deny this." she said, falling in his strong arms for one more
time.
"I have a
world to watch, you have a world to build." he then said, gently letting
go of the sorceress who kept on looking at his face with those emerald green
eyes.
"You,
Antharion, Wise One, have the most to do. While your guiding of her has been
finished, the Council must be brought up to date with the current situation.
The coming years there will be no Body Life magic in the world and then it
will all come down to sorcerers to keep the world going." The sorcerer
silently drew back his hood so that his light grey hairs fell out of it. It
had not been many times that he had done this, and as a result his face was
terribly pale and his dark brown eyes shone brilliantly in it, looking at the
Nasty One intently.
"It is an
important task that you bestow on me, Nasty One. I do not know where you want
to find the people to create new masters, and where you are going to train
them. But know that we know safe havens for them would you need them."
"That is
something I do not know myself, Wise One. It is something I will find out. I
also do not know where to find people to train, or where to train them! I must
ask the Ultimate One about that."
Antharion
approached slowly and held out his slender hands to grasp the big hands of the
man who would rise into godhood.
"I have been
honoured to go around with you, Nasty One, and I would have been even if this
fate would not be yours."
"I know, Wise
One. It has been likewise and never forget that I will be keeping an eye on
you in case you are in trouble you cannot deal with yourself."
Then the Nasty One
looked at the short locksmith.
"Jon, Short
One, beside being a sympathetic fellow from the day that I met you, you have
always been one I could rely on. Your psychokinetic powers, which you
developed just to help us with something, really defeated the Dark Body. Even
the Ultimate One is grateful to you, else there would have been a chance he
might have faced the Dark Body instead. But you have proven more than anybody
that anything can be done once you focus your mind on it. First you were a
good locksmith, and then you realised that was not enough to match our
powers. So you started concentrating and now you are clairvoyant, prescient
and able to intrude the minds of the strongest people in this world. Your
belief in your own powers will make you a man who keeps the world in line, one
way or the other."
"And I owe it
all to you, Nasty One. If it had not been for you I would still only be a
locksmith and prime source of gossip in a gods-forsaken town."
"I know where
your heart lies, Short One, and I am not sure if you have chosen wisely. But I
happen to know a few things already, and I think it can be well possible.
But then the time of pleasure will end, for you will be one who will have to
fight for survival."
"Would I be
your first pupil, I am ready to sacrifice anything for that. Especially
knowing that I need not fight you to the death."
"Aye, but
remember that has been an impulsive idea of yours, to become a master
yourself. And the powers you possess now are already of no small water even as
they are entirely different than the ones you seek. Are you truly not happy
with what you are, do you desire more? And have you not always abhorred the
lust for power? Is your present class born out of looking for an alternative?
I thought you wanted to be different than us."
"Different I
am, and different I always will be."
"You will if
indeed you live your life the way you want it. I will see what I can do. Right
now I am not fully aware of my chances and the extent of my future powers, but
I will find out soon. And when I pick my pupils, I will come to see if you are
ready."
"And you know
that until that day, I will train to be ready when you come, Nasty. Until
then."
He also grasped the
man's powerful hands and then let go of them, retreating slowly, staring at
him as if he was afraid he would ever forget that face.
Then he followed
Antharion, out of the room.
As they understood
full well that there were two that wanted nothing else than to be alone.
"How will I
live without you, Nasty One?"
"You are
strong, you have always been strong and if that were not true you have
strengthened ever since we met. You will live without me if needed."
"Should I
marry? Or would that offend you?"
"Would you
really find a man who could make you forget me, I cannot stop you. Though I
wonder if that will ever happen." "You are right, that will never
happen. You will be in my mind for the rest of my life and if my mind should
wander off there is always our child to remind me of you. What name do you
have in mind? I know you hate names but our child needs a name. Give me a good
name for a boy or a girl."
"Be it a girl,
I leave it all up to you as is a good tradition in the western towns. Be it a
boy, I want you to name it Desiderius."
"What?"
Griwalda shouted out.
"After all, I
remember that you told me once that he had killed a lover of yours. If it had
not been for his rather disgraceful action you might have been married to that
man right now and have had children from him. We would never have met in the
first place. None of this would have happened. In some odd way, we owe that
Drunk One."
"Some odd way,
indeed. As you wish, Nasty One."
Then she looked him
in the eyes.
"But would you
really have a son carrying that name?"
"I am not
sure. But it is that I know that you are carrying a girl-child..."
"You..!"
she laughed loudly. She embraced him again, burying her face in his chest.
"Would you
have our child to be your pupil?"
"I am afraid
this is another story. Our child will probably hold both of our powers. It is
why I have a special place for her. But as her powers will surpass those of
any other living being, it is important that she is kept in a neutral
position, else the scales of balance will topple one way or the other."
"Will she
become immortal like you or stay mortal like me?"
"Mortal like
you and me when she was... made. At least that is what I think."
"Would you
have the power to immortalise her?"
"I do not know
all this. Nor do I know if that would be what I would want. Or what you would
want. I will be raised into immortality, but I am not raised to create a
whole family of gods. Oh, and do not even think of starting to worship me or
convince any other living being to do so. I am not a god, I am the Ultimate
One. Or at least I will be. No priests will be praying to me, nobody will act
in my name but a master of Body Life magic."
"And it is not
just Antharion who will prepare the world to live without your class for a
while. I myself will take a seat in the Sorcerers Council, as I see no other
way to use my heritage of politics and powers as a sorceress."
"Wisely
spoken, Griwalda."
"You know that
is the first time you pronounce my name?"
"I know, I
would not leave you without it."
"I know you
have learned what emotions are, Nasty One. But don't get sentimental
now."
They both laughed,
and then they kept quiet as she ran her hands around his full face, with the
hard and long moustaches, stern steel eyes, long dark hair with wild curves
that fell over his shoulder, and that hard jaw she had grown to love.
"I will miss
you, Nasty One. Please do not try to have me raised into godhood with you, as
this is what we both do not want. You know it will be a burden, then do not
bestow this burden upon me."
"You know that
with you it would be much less a burden for me."
"I know, but
it was not meant to be like this. And I know that there is a very important
task waiting for you. You will be the creator of people the world is going to
deal with for a long time. But you told me you knew not the existence of
female masters of Body Life magic, mistresses of Body Life magic so to say. It
would suit you to create them as well. Your class has been one of loners, yet
the new creator has learned how to be around others, to have compassion and
care. Show this to your pupils."
"I will, be
sure of that. I hate to be withdrawn from you, and if there is any way I can
delay it I will. But I fear that my time has come, and there is indeed a job
to do. And as the saying goes, a dirty job it is, but somebody has to do
it."
"Right about
that. When will you leave?"
"I... I think
I will go at once. I will collect my books, and I will be gone. I have said
farewell, staying now would burn all of us mentally."
"You really
hate delay on the road." she smiled and kissed him one more time, then
allowed him to run his hand over her slowly growing belly and kiss her heart.
Then he watched as he saw her leave hesitantly but then she straightened her
back, looked around one more time and closed the door behind her.
24
"Deep in your
heart lie all the answers, Nasty One."
"I know, but
there is a lot of theory I need from you. Or should I study your books all on
my own?"
"Of course
not, you of all people should know that it is sometimes nice to have
company."
"Let us start
with the important things. How do I pick my pupils, how do I train them, where
do I train them and how many do I train?"
"Picking
pupils is a most delicate matter, Nasty One. Indeed you must beware greatly.
For you will preferably pick young men who do not really know what they want.
You know the age at which you started training but you need not pick small
children, because you see when people have the physique to become masters, and
your first long years of training were only physical. After all, one cannot
start training to ask things of the body until it has grown fully. So most of
your pupils will be adolescents. Study them well before you pick them, Nasty
One. Would you create a Dark Body, that one will most certainly make his
successors Dark Bodies. And they are no real creations of ours, they chose
to live their lives in a lie, the lie of being a true master while they have
not ended all the lessons. It is our way, the way they call the Light but is
in fact neutrality or something more like that, that allows the world to
maintain its position in the universe. Aye, we masters of Body Life magic have
been created to withstand all the other powers in the world. That was why we
could harm sorcerers, that other great power, and that was why they have been
able to harm us, except for you. The key is and should be for one man only, as
it is a constant reminder for the sorcerers in this world that they, too, can
be defeated by others. You have lived the life of one who is invincible. Never
did you fail. Your pupils may not hold these same powers. They must be
vulnerable to something, as strong as they may be. You have come close to
perfection, and your powers, combined with the key, made you a person really
too good. Think of it, you were invincible because of your powers, you had
your senses that kept you alert at all times, a feeling for responsibility so
that you would never fall out of line, you learned compassion and
friendship... you have outclassed your own class. And that is why you are the
only one remaining, others have battled unnecessarily, died for no cause, fell
due to sloppy mistakes. Remember your pupils to strive for perfection even
as they can never reach it. Even the gods are not perfect. Aye, even the
Ultimate One is not perfect. I have never learned the ways of friendship and
compassion, that is your sole claim. You can pass this on to your pupils if
you would, or let them walk around alone as did mine. As I told you, you are
the one who makes the rules. All I ask of you is: teach them all one hundred
and seven Moves."
"Of course, no
doubt about that. I would not create incomplete masters, as one can never be
a master when incomplete."
"Still then
nobody has been a true master for long centuries until you recovered the
Lost Move. And I know many have felt like this."
"That is true.
But how many? Where?"
"As many as
you choose, where you choose. Not in the realm of the gods, you must train
them in their own plane. Pick any good spot where you can teach them
everything you like. You need not start teaching right away, take your time
for it but realise that all that time the world will be without people to hold
it in balance. I know you have warned the sorcerers about this, so you will
not tarry overly. But if you feel you are not ready to teach them yet, wait.
It will be hard, very hard indeed, do never underestimate your job and realise
you are the only one who can do it. And do not release them until you are
totally convinced they are ready to be released as they will be the first
generation of new masters, the ones that will shape the ones after them. Keep
up the tradition you think is good, install new things as you see them to be
good. The power will be yours."
"But is there
a limit of pupils I can teach?"
"There is no
limit, Nasty One. Would you have the whole world to be masters, then so be it.
Ah, of course that would overturn the balance but it is your decision."
"Then what if
I decide to let the teacher die a natural death rather than let himself be
killed by his pupil?"
"You know the
consequences, even if you could manage to talk them out of that. Or better
yet, you could leave that choice to the teacher in every single case. Many
will choose the fight after all and they live the way they choose."
"Indeed. Then
as the last statement, they can say either they will control the pupil for the
rest of his life, like they used to do, or say that they will release the
pupil."
"A good
thought. I followed the old rules here, thinking it would be unbearable for
the teacher."
"My teacher
will know what compassion is, he will understand the embitterment he will
leave inside the pupil after he has killed the man who has meant so much for
him. It has made us bitter men, has it not?"
"Indeed it
has. But would that not overcrowd the world with masters?"
"How many did
you create?"
"I started
with two hundred. So averagely, one fell every five years."
"I will start
with a smaller amount then, and see if it grows or diminishes. I can always
train new ones if things go wrong. What kept you from training new ones?"
"They would be
different as I have learned more during the years. I believed in the fact that
there could be only one in the end, and I would not change this. You may if
you want, but that will result in prolonging your stay as the Ultimate One. Or
would you like that?"
"I am in no
position to say that, still being mortal."
"True enough.
Would you really become desperate you could remove a few and quicken the
process, though that would be a very low act."
"Very low
indeed, and I am not sure I would be capable of doing that. After all, you
never did this, did you?"
"Many has been
the time I was tempted, but no, I never did this. I had too much feeling for
tradition."
"I fear I lack
this feeling for tradition, Ultimate One. As much as I pledge to our
existence, I think renewal is improvement."
"Quite
progressive, I see. Be free to do what you like."
"Something I
have been thinking about: you told me I must hand over the key to my best
pupil. But the key cannot be taken from the living except for that dangerous
procedure. What about this?"
"For the key,
you will not be mortal, and you can remove it without any problem."
"I brought my
books, Ultimate One. Do I also have to pass them on to my pupils?"
"You will
write new books for your pupils. These ones you add to my books which will be
yours after I am gone. Of course, there are some more than two. Two hundred
would come closer. But then again, you have long centuries to read them. In
this volume are all your instructions for starting life as an immortal and it
also contains the classic way of teaching pupils. Improve what you want, of
course, except the Moves. The other volumes are like your books, only far more
expanded and it contains ageless wisdom. I have always said that I am not a
god, but I am as close to one as one can get. No priests are praying to me,
but masters speak their pledge to me. The power we have is to heal and to
harm, though our healing powers have rarely been used except for ourselves as
we have never been too gregarious. And I don't doubt that is something you
will change, too."
"You sound as
if you are disapproving of all my changes."
"Don't bother,
don't regard my wishes. As I said before I am just a traditionalist, and I am
in no position to be in your way now when you want renewal. I teach you the
basics of creating, you fill in the details yourself."
"And how do I
know when I go too far?"
"Then the gods
will intervene before you do it. Even as you will see the lives and intents of
everybody you wish to look at, they will see the lives of everybody including
you. And when they see you want to go too far they will stop you."
"How? Will
they kill me then?"
"They will not
kill you, they will merely warn you. Even they will not take away your
immortality, which also means invulnerability in this context, but they will
call upon your senses not to do this as they will give you insight in the
situation. Here in the realm of the gods nobody is aggressive and they all
live together in peace. The only battle there is is the everlasting one
between good and evil, but you will not be on one of those sides as you are
neutral."
"As a man
raised into some kind of godhood, do they not know that men can turn from one
path to another?"
"Ah, but no
longer you will be a man, you will be like one of them, an immortal. And
believe me, you will not turn from your path as you see all too well the
consequences."
"It all sounds
creepy to me." the Nasty One admitted.
"I understand,
but you will learn to deal with it. You now stand above all the mortals, be it
man, plant or animal. And you will have to learn to accept your fate. Many a
man would love to have your status as he will not understand what it really
is. Men have idolized godhood for too long, they think it is only a life of
good. I can tell you the worries of the gods, how they constantly strive to
maintain the balance in this world, with the gods of good looking at the world
with concern, hoping to keep everything going well, and the gods of evil,
seeking only to enslave its inhabitants. Between them the gods of neutrality
stand, knowing that there must be balance between good and evil. And among
these, Nasty One, you will stand as the Ultimate One. And you can stand there
in full and with pride, as your powers rival those of the gods. What you miss
is knowledge and so it is your duty to wipe out their advantage. You must
gain all the knowledge that will make you a respected one among the gods. You
must fight to make your star shine bright."
"My
star?" the Nasty One asked, shaking his head.
"Aye, your
star. As you know, the gods all have a star or an entire constellation. And
though you will not be a god like the other ones, you will get a star, and it
will burn with your intensity."
"Which star do
I get then?"
"What do you
know of astrology, Nasty One?"
"More than
enough. But I have never known that the Ultimate One had a star."
"Nobody knew,
since I did not care to tell my pupils. Do you know the bright yellow star,
the one between the Bane Nova constellation and the Hero's Nebula?"
"So that is
your star. Standing between two powerful forces while seeming to want to be
unnoticed."
"It is a bit
too bright to be unnoticed, but that is indeed what the astrologists say. I
trust the star will now turn a light shade of blue."
"That is
within my power then?"
"Of course.
With my status I also give you my star. This way the people will know there is
a new Ultimate One, others will say there is a new god."
"But I don't
want people to call me a god, to worship me."
"And your will
is their law, you will not be worshipped. Do never underestimate your powers I
repeat, Nasty One."
"How can I
underestimate or overestimate what I do not know? I have yet to learn about my
powers."
"But you open
a new era, Nasty One. Mine has been one of seclusion, yours will be one of
companionship. And I know that you have been thinking of taking the woman you
care about with you but that will probably not be possible and this is not
what she wants. Furthermore, she bears your child and indeed she will start as
a mortal child. Yet I fear her powers already, and she must be kept in
line."
"You think she
will cross the straits then and try to find more for herself?"
"And become a
child of evil? No, I do not think so. But as you told the woman, the child
will have the powers of the two of you and she will be able to develop both
those powers, as she will get the firm will and the strong determination
from her parents. But that time will tell, and it may indeed be as you
predicted, that she will get a powerful seat in the paths of neutrality.
This will be the best for her, I think."
"Time will
tell." the Nasty One said pensively.
"But how do I
gain the knowledge I need? Is it all in your books?"
"Most of it,
aye. The rest will be learned the hard way, through experience. I do not ask
of you to get yourself involved right away, as the gods will have to accept
first that you are here. They might come to you to talk to you, to hear your
advise and to canvass your wisdom. But they know you have an important task,
and they will not hinder you when you are creating the new masters of Body
Life magic."
"What if I
don't like the name, and wish to give it another name?"
"It is only a
name, though it is a name that has survived eons. Give it another name if you
wish. Like what?"
"I have no
name in mind nor do I know if I would give it another name. It was just a
question."
"It is all in
your power, Nasty One."
"Fine. And do
I need to get to work right away?"
"As you
choose. But like all of us, you happen to hate delay."
"That is
correct. So I am in no need to hurry except for my own need."
"Correct. Time
will not run by for you, as you are immortal, invulnerable and forever
young."
"When does
this start? After I kill you?"
"Indeed. You
know what happens when one gains the knowledge of a deceased master or Dark
Body. With the knowledge, this time, will come the immortality and the
rest."
"That way. By
the way, why did you create Dark Bodies? Or if you did not create them, then
why did you tolerate them?"
"It was not my
intent to create them, as that would have tipped the scales of balance. But
then again, good and evil is everywhere, so why should it not be within our
ranks? I agree that this way death comes faster for the class, but the Dark
Bodies came because my pupils and their descendants chose wrongly. I would
not intervene here, as it was really not needed. I am the Ultimate One, and I
am not here to deal with small matters."
"You call Dark
Bodies small matters?"
"You will
learn to see things that now look big to you as small as they really are for
those who dwell here. Aye, even Dark Bodies are small as there have been only
a few and nobody is a threat when this alone. Would they have posed a threat
the true masters would have done something against it. I cannot be there to
solve matters they can solve themselves for them."
"I understand.
Life is the game of the gods. Just set the stage, leave the dialogue
open."
"Correct. You
will get the hang of it some day."
"How serious
do you take a job when you know it is over?"
"What do you
mean, Nasty One?"
"I mean, you
know that you will not see the sun rise many more times. Then are you not
feeling like: when is he finally done asking questions and stuff like
that?"
"Of course
not. When one learns to live as long as I did one learns patience as one of
the first things. And I know the task given to you like nobody else, and I
know that my last task is to instruct and inform you. And even though it is my
last task, I know that like many other things in my long life it is one that
will shape the face of the world. Would I leave you not properly informed you
would not know what to do and this way I would create the enormous possibility
for chaos to take over. You know we are the most powerful beings in the world
together with the sorcerers. It is only just that sorcerers are concerned with
us. You know the man from the Sorcerers Council, he had to stick around with
you. He knew you were to be an important man in our class, and that is why the
Council kept an eye on you. And that is why you and your master were sent to
that sorcerer who threatened to take over the Council. Of course, you have the
key, and that was what made you this important. There is good sorcery and
there is evil sorcery. And as a fair and impartial judge there is the neutral
master of the Body Life magic."
"Are there no
neutral sorcerers for that then?"
"Aye, but one
from the will has to draw his powers from something strong, neutrality has
always been seen as doubt between one side and the other. This way the neutral
men and women of the will have never been able to develop strong powers. To
keep sorcery in balance, there is the High Sorcerer and the masters of Body
Life magic."
"I thought the
High Sorcerer was good."
"The High
Sorcerer is a man much like me, much like you will be, with the difference
that he is mortal even as he lives longer by means of sorcery than other
mortals. Actually, contact between myself and the High Sorcerer has been
quite common. When I am gone, do not hesitate to go to him for your eventual
questions, as he has wisdom on some parts even I cannot match."
"From what I
have heard, the High Sorcerer is also an old man who will soon have to choose
his successor."
"I know what
you are thinking of, Nasty One, but there is only one who can decide who that
will be. And realise well that the woman has learned how to deal with great
power only half a year ago. You cannot possibly expect the High Sorcerer to
give away that much responsibility to a woman who has been among the high
ranks for a short time. But the High Sorcerer will step back when he chooses,
or when the gods want his long life to end. I advise you strongly not to try
and influence him on this point."
"And I heed
your words, Ultimate One. It was indeed a crazy thought, and one that would
also have influenced my daughter greatly. What would a girl be, being the
child of the Ultimate One and the High Sorceress?"
"Indeed, but
that is of later concern, Nasty One. That is something for twenty years or so
from now. Never forget that the present is always more important than the
future as the present gives you the chance to shape the future, and not the
other way around."
"It is the
teaching of your pupils I would talk about now, Nasty One. You have your own
experiences, you know what your master was like. And he set a good example, I
wish you follow most of his rules. Furthermore, because you must do more than
just train one pupil, I advise you to read my books before starting, as this
explains what teaching more than one pupil is like. It comes from my own
experiences and the books that the one before me gave me."
"Do you still
have the books from your predecessor?"
"Of course I
have some of them, though some volumes have been destroyed on purpose. After
all, I would not be a copy of him, I would set the example myself. It is
something you would not think of now but you will think of it later. After all
those long centuries ahead of you there comes a time when you want people to
forget me as the Ultimate One as you are the only Ultimate One. As much of a
legend as I already am, I would retreat into anonymity."
"I can
understand that. Because you have always been a very seclusive one. You would
not fit in my example of a man of compassion and companionship."
"Exactly. Now,
here is the important part. This book describes all the one hundred and seven
Moves in accurate detail. When teaching your pupils the Moves, see to it that
you follow the book exactly, else you risk making the slightest mistakes that
could easily undo or even reverse the effects. As you are indeed a bit
unexperienced though you remember all your Moves, I advise you to learn from
this book before you start selecting your pupils. Do not forget that they have
to be in a good condition, both physically and mentally, and train them in
this until they are perfect."
"I have never
met a female one of our kind. Why is that?"
"Men have a
stronger physique. And in a company of soldiers you will find only a few
women, as their feelings against cold-blooded murder are not as easily
forgotten than by men. It is their own choice, since I think a mistress of
Body Life magic would prove to be quite interesting. After all, women have
more feeling for supple and subtle moves, they will use their brains more than
their brawn. Aye, they could be around. You may take female pupils. Too bad I
will not live to see that, I would have regarded it with interest."
The talks went on
for long days, without rest as there was no need for sleep in the realm of the
gods.
Then finally the
Nasty One rose, sword in hand, and the Ultimate One also rose to die in his
full glory. The sword pierced his heart accurately, and he died with a smile
of relief on his face.
Then the air
crackled, and the Nasty One was surrounded by a bright yellow bolt of
lightning, weaving its way into his body. He shouted in agony as he let his
own life energy out of his body. The lightning shifted, twirled, surrounded
him and then slowly began to change colour.
First it was a
brilliant light green, and then the colour purified and slowly became light
blue, the colour of the new Ultimate One.
And with this,
slowly one star began to change colour.
It was the day of
the Battle of the Star, as the people below called it, when that hardly
noticed yellow star between two powerful constellations became light blue.
Three persons in
particular stood on the roof of the tower they had lived in for months,
knowing.
"It is done,
Griwalda. No more he is the Nasty One, that is a name that is to be
forgotten." Antharion spoke.
"The Ultimate
One has risen to power. He has killed his predecessor and now rules." she
said softly.
"And he will
create. He will have the power to create! He will be a magnificent creator of
many good people." Jon added enthusiastically.
"I will not
miss you, N... Ultimate One. Your star will always be with me at night, when I
need it most. And even when it has become the first star to become invisible
in the light of the day, I will find your star. And I know that from that star
you will be looking at me." Griwalda spoke, encircling her two companions
around their waists.
25
"No way! Out
it goes."
The Ultimate One
was reading his books, the first ones that were to be the most essential ones.
He was fully aware
of his own presence, of his state of mind and of the task that lay before him.
The book he was
reading was defining all the rules his predecessor had installed, and now he
was looking at them, writing a book of his own. After all, he was in charge
now, and the world would play by his rules.
Every rule he
studied, one he agreed with he copied and one he disagreed with he tore out of
the book without ceremony. Then he wrote the new rule on this point in his
book. But finally, after this formality had been completed, he shook his head
in anger.
"Here I am,
with the power of a god, creating new rules. And they have already been broken
by me! Here I say that masters should not be alone as a rule, yet here I sit
alone! This is ridiculous."
"You would
prefer company then?" came a voice behind him.
The Ultimate One
turned around, instinctively going for his sword but then he put it back with
a shake of his head. He was in the realm of the gods, and nobody would attack
him. And certainly not this one, a man of age from the first look, calm and
seemingly wise.
"Lorean,
people call me the god of knowledge." the man introduced himself, gently
extending his left hand.
"Left
hand?" the Ultimate asked while shaking it gently.
"Oh, that
right hand stuff has been one big joke, coming from a fumble by humankind.
After all, offering your hand is a token of friendship, of sharing the soul.
Then why offer and shake the hand of power, not the hand of the soul?"
The Ultimate One
laughed loudly in comprehension.
"I
congratulate you with your presence, Ultimate One. And not before it has
happened that one of your kind spoke out the need for company. Your new rules
I have studied while you were writing them, because of course I must know
everything. And I agree with them. Away with those strict rules that leaves
man to live in bitterness! Arrive the era of company and friendship. While you
certainly have more power than anybody in the world to kill, you need not make
your followers mindless killing machines."
"It is a label
put upon me by one of my dearest friends, and I hated it when I heard it
first."
"And I can
fully understand that."
"Of course.
You are the god of knowledge, you should know and understand everything."
the Ultimate One said with a slight but friendly sneer.
"Would mankind
only understand that even the gods are not perfect. But that is something you
understand."
"Indeed I do,
it was just a joke."
"If I may ask,
could I read your books once? Your rather rigid predecessor always forbade me
this, and then I always get the feeling of my knowledge being
incomplete."
"Go ahead, any
time. For I can see that the wish to gain knowledge is your only goal."
the Ultimate One nodded jovially.
"Then you have
much to read, but we are in this together then. Though I have a vague
suspicion you read a tad faster than I do."
"Everything
one learns through experience, Ultimate One. Gain experience and you will
know. Strength, condition, knowledge, valour... everything!"
"Then I know
who to turn to when I have questions."
"Of course.
And do not be afraid to ask them. For the ones around here I am the walking
encyclopedia, for it has been my duty to gather knowledge and to pass it on to
those who desire it. Though I must tell you I may not tell everything when I
think it is something you should not know. Knowledge is something that should
be available to everybody, but would you teach a two-years old how to use
tinder? It is likely to burn down your house at once."
"I see what
you mean, Knowing One."
"Now that was
the name your predecessor gave me! Well, you have this thing with names, so I
am already used to it. Can I help you with anything?"
"Most
certainly. What restricts us from walking the world below as we wish and what
are the possible consequences?"
"I expected
that question as I know what your intentions are. My answer, and the truth,
is: there are no restrictions. We do not prefer to walk among those below us
because we do not want to influence them too much. After all, are they not
entertaining merely to watch? For you it may be different, as those you have
known in your mortal time still walk the lands. The only risk is that when you
walk around too long, people will see you and recognise you as a god among the
people. And striving for worshippers is not your goal."
"So I may
descend, though it is advisable to walk unseen or only seen by those I want to
see me."
"That is
correct. Though you have your duties, it is said nowhere that you should
fulfil them where you are now. Would you write your books there? Then go
ahead, nobody will stop you. Would you train them there? Fine, the location is
in the middle of nowhere, and such a place suits your needs to train in
silence. Would you love your woman there? Again, nobody will stop you. Realise
though that you will, ah... inject the power of a god into the woman, and
though she will not become a god, she may rise in power among the lesser
creatures. Aye, even more than she will already."
"Then you know
the future of this woman?"
"Of course I
know her future, like I know yours, your child's and everybody else's. But
here I advise that you ask me not of this, as you would not like it."
"That
bad?"
"Not that bad,
that boring when you know everything that will happen. Apart from that you
will tell her and she will be living mindlessly walking in the footsteps of
her own destiny. And nobody wants that."
"I agree fully
with you there."
"You need to
learn a lot, young lad. Part of it is in those books, and I always offer you
my services when needed."
"I would have
been saddened to see that the friendship and compassion I have fought to
establish down below would not be up here. Thank you, my friend."
"And that is
something your predecessor has never called me." Lorean chuckled.
"He wishes to
be forgotten, and you know it. So please stop referring to him."
"I will. The
Ultimate One has passed. Long live the Ultimate One."
"Do you think
he is happy up there?"
The question came
from the short locksmith who now referred to himself as a psychic.
The woman caressed
her now steadily growing belly and looked away from the penetrating eyes that
looked at her.
It must be twice as
hard for her, Jon realised. Not only did she miss the big man, but also the
sorcerer who had been her guide. Though Jon had never involved himself much
with Antharion he understood she owed him a great deal and missed him as well.
"I am not
sure. I have no idea how it is up there, and I know he is watching me,
watching us I should say, meaning all three of us. And I am watching him even
as I cannot see him. I do not know what his predecessor has taught him, and I
do not know if life as the Ultimate One will really be as boring as he always
said it would be. After all, all he knew about that came from legends."
"Well, you
know him. With a bit of luck, by now he will even have some friends among the
gods." Jon smiled.
"But will it
ever be the same as here?"
"It will
not." came a sudden voice.
"Would it have
been my choice, I would live my life here, with you. And I happen to be what I
am, and I make the rules. The power is mine, the choice is mine. After all, is
my class not made to do as we please?"
It had been a few
weeks, but the two friends flung themselves at the Ultimate One as if they
had not seen him for ages. "Aye, it is good to be home."
EPILOGUE
The work had been
hard, but the Ultimate One appeared to have great feeling in picking his pupils.
From a sign given by
one only the Ultimate One knew, two young men had come to the tower, begging the
Ultimate One for enlightenment. They were the sons of Sir Michael Capston, and
they had known how much this one had meant for their father. Even though the
town of Vintel had been buried by a fate unknown to the populace, they had heard
some things. And so they volunteered, abandoning the ways of the sometimes
unscrupulous knighthood to learn the ways of those pure in mind and soul.
And because they had
already been fit and hard-training squires in the well-known fort Vioris it was
easy to adjust their bodies to perfection.
More adolescents
came, seemingly from out of nowhere, but the Ultimate One had called them in
mystic ways and they came.
Being watched closely
by the gods themselves as well as the Sorcerers Council, the Nasty One taught
them all he could teach them, and saw to his satisfaction that the group worked
as one, helping each other as much as they could, encouraging each other to go
on. This came from all the pupils, especially the two former squires who already
had great feeling for friendship and compassion. They possessed the patience to
learn new things and they learned enthusiastically, knowing this was also the
best way to honour their father's name.
Among the first group
also two girls could be found: two young girls who had come from wealthy
families, who had excellent physiques but would fall into laziness because they
were supposed to marry somebody and do nothing.
These girls did not
share the intentions of their parents and had run away eagerly when the Ultimate
One called them to make something of their lives.
While the days were
long and the lessons were harsh, the nights, in the company of the woman he
loved, were warm.
"We masters have
always abhorred godhood." he whispered one night to his wife.
"But that is
because we did not know we could also make the best of it."
THE END
Barry T.Pypers
October 21st 1994
This novel is (C)
1994, 1995 TMB Produkties. All rights reserved. None of the contents may be
reproduced in any way without prior consent of the author and official signed
contracts for any kind of publishing.
final version dated December 4th 1995